100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship: Recent Episodes
Stephanie Skryzowski
This is the show for purpose-driven entrepreneurs who want to get inspired to step outside of your comfort zone, expand into your purpose, and grow your business in a big way. Here on the podcast you’ll learn how other amazing business owners have pushed past their comfort zones, learned big lessons, shifted their mindset, and created businesses that fuel their lives and their hearts. You’ll also hear from me! I’m a CFO and I started my career over a decade ago helping organizations around the world manage their numbers and traveling from Afghanistan to Nepal to Haiti to Malawi and dozens of places in between. The show is an amazing combination of inspiring stories and practical money management tips to help you expand your business and your life.
If you’re a nonprofit leader looking for strategies to help your organization retain more employees, then give this episode a listen. I sat down with special guest and founder of Balanced Good, Lacey Kempinski, to chat about how her organization is partnering with nonprofits to provide parental leave coverage. She dove into how she supports nonprofits with parental leave, the implications of a weak parental leave policy, and how to plan for parental leave. Lacey also discussed the challenges of working parents in the nonprofit sector. This was such a good episode that all nonprofit leaders will benefit from.
About Lacey
Lacey Kempinski is an in-house fundraiser, turned Mom, turned consultant. After more than a decade of in-house fundraising, Motherhood changed the trajectory of Lacey’s career. In 2018, when she was due back to work after her second parental leave, Lacey took a leap and founded Balanced Good.
She’s on a mission to better support parents and organizations in the non-profit sector. Balanced Good provides parental leave coverage – from the day-to-day hands-on work to big picture transition planning – Balanced Good believes that a supported transition to parenthood will benefit both our sector and the parents working in it.
Lacey has a bold vision that all parental leaves are viewed as a celebrated life milestone and not a feared employment gap.
As a graduate from McMaster University, and Georgian College’s Fundraising and Resource Development Program, she loves continuing to immerse herself in all things fundraising. While also balancing that with LEGO building, endless folding of laundry, and a love for hiking, canoeing, and all things outdoors.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for how your nonprofit can support employees with their parental leave, including:
- Supporting nonprofits with their parental leave journey (4:15)
- How parental leave is typically covered (8:35)
- The process and cost of covering parental leave (11:45)
- The implications of not having a strong parental leave policy (16:40)
- How an organization plans for parental leave (19:20)
- Getting the team up to speed and making a meaningful impact (22:00)
- Upholding strong boundaries (24:30)
- Challenges of working parents in the nonprofit sector (28:05)
- Trends in organizational culture and flexibility (30:15)
Teasers
“It's just repeating this culture of martyrdom that we love to have in our sector of our plates are already full, but we'll take on more because it's for the cause. And that's really not good. And there's long-term organizational cost to that.”
“We put together a couple of recommendations on how that role can be more working parent-friendly. So that person can thrive in their role when they come back. And then we provide some overlap and transition because we know just jumping in is really hard to do.”
“I think a lot of times people think in a short-sighted way, ‘I don't want to have to pay for two salaries for three to six months, so we're just going to deal with it and put more work on other people.’ But I think what they don't understand are the longer term ramifications of that, of continuing to just pile work on your existing team.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Parental Leave Planning Workbook: https://icy-base-20781.myflodesk.com/1986644d-75ba-476f-a37f-788cd7e5d48d
Connect with Lacey on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laceykempinski/
Follow Balanced Good on Instagram: @balancedgood
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/parental-leave
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you’ve been thinking about a career change, but still want to stay in the nonprofit sector, then this episode is for you! I sat down with special guest, Julia Devine, founder of Relatable Nonprofit. She shared her journey from six-figure nonprofit job to consultant including how she made the shift, stepped out of her comfort zone, and what she wished she had done differently. Julia also dove into what kind of people are right for consulting and how to work less while still managing to grow your business. This is a fantastic episode for nonprofit leaders looking to make a pivot and remain in the sector.
About Julia
Julia Devine quit her six-figure nonprofit job to pursue consulting at 25. After building a successful agency to serve nonprofits, she decided to teach others how to do it. Besides running the business, she is gardening, practicing yoga, or reading a good book. Relatable Nonprofit empowers growth-driven women with nonprofit hearts to succeed in consulting. Motherly, Canvas Rebel, Bloomerang, Bonterra, Keela, Nonprofit Hub, Virtuous, and others have featured Relatable Nonprofit.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for pivoting into nonprofit consulting like:
- Making a shift from nonprofit work to consulting (3:30)
- What is the Relatable Nonprofit? (9:40)
- Nonprofit marketing strategies (13:45)
- Stepping out of your comfort zone (19:45)
- What Julia wished she had done differently (23:45)
- What kind of people are right for consulting (29:40)
- How to work less and still grow the business (35:20)
Teasers
“You never know what could happen in a business. You always have to preempt things and anticipate everything that could go right or wrong in a relationship.”
“The right people to be consultants are highlighter people. People who use highlighters and take good notes.”
“When it used to just be a laundry list that you're chipping away at, you end up spending so much more time on needless things. But when you have time blocked on your calendar for what you want to get done in a week, you realize that you're wasting a lot of time that you really don't even need to be working.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Resources for New and Aspiring Consultants: https://www.relatablenonprofit.com/gifts
Follow Julia and Catalina on Instagram: @relatable_nonprofit
Connect with The Relatable Nonprofit on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/relatablenonprofit
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/pivoting-to-consulting
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you’re looking for ways to make a massive, lasting impact with your nonprofit, then this episode is for you. I sat down with special guest, Jennifer Hutchins Executive Director of the Maine Association of Nonprofits and collaboration expert. She spoke on the importance of collaborating across different sectors and how it has transformed nonprofit organizations. She dove into examples of strong collaborations and how organizations are thriving in a post-COVID world. This is a great opportunity to learn strategies for maximizing your organization’s impact.
About Jennifer
Since July 2016, Jennifer Hutchins has been the Executive Director of the Maine Association of Nonprofits, the state’s leading organization for Maine’s charitable nonprofit sector with more than 1,000 members from all 16 counties. She serves on the boards of the National Council of Nonprofits and the Maine Philanthropy Center and the advisory boards of the USM Muskie School of Public Service and the Foundation for Portland (ME) Public Schools.
Prior to joining MANP, she was Executive Director of Creative Portland, where she led the City of Portland’s efforts to strengthen the creative economy. Jennifer also served as Director of Communications and External Affairs at the USM Muskie School of Public Service for nine years and as Marketing Director at Portland Stage Company from 1995-2000. After graduating from college, she worked for nonprofit and public institutions in Washington D.C., and France.
In May 2020, Jennifer was selected to serve on Governor Mills’ Economic Recovery Committee, tasked with putting forth recommendations to alleviate the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the state’s economy. Jennifer holds a master’s in public policy and management and lives in Portland with her husband and two daughters.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of cross-sector collaboration and strategies to get started including:
- The impact of cross-sector collaboration (7:45)
- Examples of strong collaborations (13:25)
- Trends in the nonprofit sector (24:20)
- How organizations are thriving in a post-COVID world (30:35)
- Benefits of joining a state nonprofit association (36:50)
Teasers
“What we know about impactful collaboration is it takes people who have skills and the time, and space to be able to develop a really sophisticated partnership.”
“Collaboration takes on many, many different forms. We need to really think through how we're looking at our business model. How can we be more entrepreneurial? How can we save resources?”
“The thriving nonprofits are the ones that are taking a hard look at compensation and paying attention to how they're being competitive in the marketplace with the types of people that they want to attract to their nonprofits. They are looking at their compensation philosophies. They're looking at their benefits.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
The Maine Association of Nonprofits Website: https://www.nonprofitmaine.org/support-us
Follow the Maine Association of Nonprofits on Instagram: @mainenonprofits
Connect with the Maine Association of Nonprofits on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/mainenonprofits/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cross-sector-collaboration
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you’re a nonprofit leader looking to make a change in your organization, then this episode is for you! I sat down with Christa Stelzmuller, Chief Technology Officer of charity:water, to chat about how nonprofits can become more innovative. We dove into how to leverage technology, even if your nonprofit is small. Christa also shares strategies for implementing change like getting everyone on the same page, ensuring your systems are working together, and more.
About Christa
Christa is the CTO of charity: water, a non-profit organization that offers clean drinking water to individuals in developing countries. Since 2006, charity: water has relentlessly pursued its goal of ending the global water crisis, fueled by optimism, collaborative efforts with local partners, and the generosity of supporters, aiming to ensure universal access to clean water within our lifetime.
Throughout her career, Christa has consistently applied a multidisciplinary approach, using data and technology to drive better decisions, products, and delivery. With a strong focus on innovation and mission-driven work, she excels in translating vision into strategy, effectively communicating with diverse stakeholders, and fostering productivity through collaborative leadership.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for implementing technology and change in your nonprofit including:
- What a CTO (chief technology officer) does (12:00)
- Leveraging technology to diversify your revenue streams (13:55)
- Working in new and innovative ways (17:45)
- Advice for smaller nonprofits (21:00)
- Opportunities to innovate your organization (27:30)
- Tying in financial data with other data, information, and systems within the organization (30:10)
- Ensuring all systems are working together effectively (33:00)
- Change management tips (36:40)
- When a nonprofit needs a CTO (39:45)
Teasers
“It doesn't matter what stage of growth you're in, there will be a moment where change is going to be hard.”
“Think early and often about your data and what matters to you about your data. Setting that foundation well early will save you so much time and energy later.”
“Don't jump to implementation too quickly.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
charity: water Website: https://www.charitywater.org/our-approach/100-percent-model
Connect with Christa on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/cstelzmuller
Follow charity: water on Instagram: @charitywater
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/implementing-technology-and-change
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you’re looking for a way to improve your nonprofit’s fundraising strategy, then this podcast episode is for you. I sat down with special guest and impact data expert, John Mark Vanderpool. He is diving into how to get clarity on your nonprofit’s big goals, collect and translate data meaningfully, and put the right systems in place. This is a great episode to tune into, especially before the big end-of-the-year fundraising push.
About John Mark
Donors demand impact data and many organizations need additional resources and training to measure and market their impact. John Mark Vanderpool, co-founder of Social Impact Solutions, works diligently to equip non-profit organizations with essential fundraising and impact tools, facilitating their journey toward growing more effectively.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for collecting and communicating impact data in a meaningful way, including:
- How to collect data and translate it into meaningful impact data (9:20)
- Getting clarity on your nonprofit’s big goals (13:15)
- How to communicate data effectively (18:05)
- Working together to provide a cohesive picture of social impact data (26:00)
- Examples of key performance indicators (KPIs) (32:10)
- Putting the right systems in place (41:05)
Teasers
“Things get more complicated as time goes on. We want to keep things streamlined and straightforward.”
“We're all human and we resonate with stories. If you can back those stories with data points that are substantiated and sound, then that's the magic combination.”
“When we get the right people together from ops, from finance programs, and from marketing and communications, in the room once a month is a huge step.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Social Impact Solutions Website: https://socialimpactsolutions.com/
Quiz to Maximize Fundraising Potential: https://www.fundraisingquiz.org/
Connect with John Mark on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/john-mark-vanderpool-521485184/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/communicating-impact-data
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you a nonprofit leader battling burnout? If you’re working in the nonprofit sector, chances are you’ve had some experience with burnout, which is why I was so excited to sit down with special guest and nonprofit coach, Elle McPherson. She breaks down burnout red flags, contributing factors, balancing woo with logic, and so much more. This is a great episode for leaders looking for practical strategies to overcome burnout!
About Elle
Elle has over 15 years of experience in coaching, financial management, accounting, fundraising, proposal writing and grant management, and human resources. She has worked with a range of nonprofits including Ashoka, AmeriCorps, Outward Bound, and Heifer International. Elle earned a MBA in Nonprofit Management and MA in Sustainable International Development from the Heller School of Social Policy & Management at Brandeis University and a BA in Political Science from Bates College. Elle is an Associate Certified Coach (ACC) with the International Coaching Federation and received her professional coach certification from the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching (iPEC), and is certified in the Energy Leadership Index Assessment tool. She is also a Certified Erotic Blueprint Coach™ as well as a Certified Accelerated Evolution™ Trainer-in-Training and RYT-200 Kripalu-trained yoga teacher.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for preventing burnout, including:
- Coaching nonprofit leaders (5:20)
- Leadership transformation (8:35)
- Overcoming burnout (10:45)
- Contributing factors of burnout (12:35)
- Shifting your money mindset (15:40)
- Scarcity ingrained in our culture ( 24:30)
- Balancing woo with practicality (27:25)
- Moving from analysis to taking action (30:50)
- Self-improvement book recommendations (40:15)
Teasers
“I know what it's like to work in nonprofit. I know the stress, I know the different issues. I know how unique it could be to have really specific funding requirements and certain things that don't even exist in the for-profit world.”
“Stress is not conducive to new ideas and getting out there and doing things differently.
It kind of puts people in a bit of like a survival mindset.”
“In the culture, there is this idea of if you're helping people, if you're a nurse, if you're a healer, if you're a helper, that it should somehow be sacrificing.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Zesto Website: https://www.zestso.com/about
Connect with Elle on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/elle-mcpherson/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/preventing-burnout
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Nonprofit leaders, if you’re ready to catapult your revenue, then this episode is for you! I sat down with special guest, Barabara O’Reilly, expert fundraiser and CEO of Windmill Hill Consulting, to chat about what organizations can do to boost their fundraising revenue. We dove into what’s holding nonprofits back and how they can grow to become financially strong organizations. We also discussed the importance of setting realistic goals and expectations when hiring a fundraiser. Plus, why relationship building and consistency are important factors in fundraising.
About Barbara
Barbara is a seasoned fundraising consultant on a mission to help more nonprofits raise more money by creating strong donor experiences. Whether it was leading record-setting reunion classes, securing tens of millions of dollars from global corporations following some of the most devastating natural disasters around the world, or overseeing a team that grew donor engagement of major individual donors, Barbara knows that fundraising is much more than just asking for money. Her firm, Windmill Hill Consulting, works with organizations giving them the resources, skills, and mindset they need to build stronger donor relationships and catapult their revenue.
Barbara serves as past president of the Association of Fundraising Professionals (AFP) Washington DC Metro Chapter. She sits on the board of the BBB Wise Giving Alliance and AFP Foundation and chairs the Research Committee for the Giving USA Foundation. In 2020, she joined the faculty at the University of Maryland’s Do Good Institute teaching nonprofit fundraising.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn a variety of fundraising strategies, including:
- What is a fundraising consultant? (4:35)
- Building strong relationships (12:00)
- Strategically planning fundraising initiatives (14:00)
- Realistic expectations when hiring fundraisers (17:15)
- How to bridge the fundraising gap in small nonprofits (23:30)
- Staying organized throughout the fundraising process (30:20)
- Trends in fundraising and philanthropy (35:15)
Teasers
“Fundraising is about more than just asking for money.”
“The real magic happens with conversations and with really understanding who those donors are and what drives them. But the challenge is that it takes time. And nonprofits, most of them, do not have the luxury of time.”
“Saying that there are no donors out there is preposterous. There are. We've got to reframe our language to talk about that future state. Because then the donors are going to go in that direction with you if they see there's a path they can take with you.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
The Windmill Hill Consulting Website: https://whillconsulting.com/
Join Barbara’s Coaching Cohort: https://whillconsulting.com/coachingcohort/
Connect with Barbara on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/boreillywhc/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/strong-donor-experiences
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you a nonprofit leader wondering if your organization should launch a capital campaign? If you’re on the fence about it, then this episode is for you. I’m chatting with special guest, Amy Varga, capital campaign expert and founder of The Varga Group.
She dives into what you need to know, including how to leverage your donor base, conduct a feasibility study, and how financial planning plays an important role in campaign planning. She also breaks down how to tell the difference between incremental growth and a campaign. This is such a great episode for leaders looking to learn more about capital campaigns and how to use them in your organization.
About Amy
For over 25 years, Amy Varga has worked with organizations to strengthen philanthropy, leadership, and boards. Amy founded The Varga Group in 2013 as a management consulting firm specializing in capital campaigns, major gifts fundraising, fundraising training, retreat facilitation, board development, and leadership coaching. The Varga Group has guided over 100 higher education institutions, independent schools, and nonprofits to raise more than $250M.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll get a deeper understanding of capital campaigns including:
- Amy’s lifelong dedication to nonprofits (6:30)
- Assessing needs and filling the gap (9:25)
- Amy’s fundraising journey (14:20)
- What campaign consulting is (19:35)
- Leveraging your existing donor base (24:35)
- Conducting a feasibility study (28:15)
- Incremental growth vs. a campaign (33:45)
- The intersection of financial planning and campaign planning (40:50)
Teasers
“I think there's something magical about practitioners being educators for those programs.”
“They're going to need to also grow their operations and their staffing and also potentially their facilities to grow all of those things. So that's what a capital campaign really is about. Sometimes I think people misunderstand a capital campaign to be a building campaign.”
“We don't let them waste their money. That’s important as an ethical and integrity thing, for me to tell people upfront so that they can spend their money, building their capacity and doing all the things.”
“A good consultant will tell you, no, please don't hire us. This is not the right fit for many reasons.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
The Varga Group Website: https://thevargagroup.com/
Connect with Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amyvarga/
Follow Amy on Instagram: @thevargagroup
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/capital-campaign
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Nonprofit leaders, are you leveraging the power of a quarterly review in your organization? If you haven’t implemented one yet or are looking for ways to improve your process, then this episode is for you.
I’m breaking down strategies for how to effectively conduct a quarterly review. I’m giving you strategies to help you do a deep dive into your financials including establishing benchmarks, setting goals, planning for the future and so much more. Grab a notebook and tune in for a juicy episode!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for implementing a quarterly review process for your nonprofit, including:
- How to do a deep dive into your financials (1:50)
- Establishing and analyzing financial benchmarks (3:40)
- Checking in on progress towards your goals (7:00)
- Scoring key performance indicators (8:50)
- Planning for the future (11:00)
- Identifying wins and challenges (14:40)
- Setting goals for the upcoming quarter (20:00)
- Determining your top priorities (25:40)
Teasers
“Sometimes a month, 30 days, is not really long enough to see the results of your efforts and you need a little bit longer. And that's why looking at this on a quarterly basis is a great idea.”
“I really love using a quarterly cadence to look at the big picture of your organization and not get so lost in the details.”
“We don't want to set pie in the sky goals and not really identify what's going to hold us back from achieving those goals.”
“If you're not currently doing some sort of quarterly review with your leadership team at your organization, I would really encourage you to think about that. Because here's the thing, when everybody understands at least some level of detail on how the organization is performing, they can be an active participant in the solution and working towards the goals.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/implementing-quarterly-review
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you’re a nonprofit leader looking to shake up the way you connect and collaborate, then this is the episode for you. I chat with Topher Wilkins, CEO of Opportunity Collaboration (OC), as he shares his journey of building a global community of leaders working to create positive change.
Topher also discusses the importance of understanding what people need, disrupting industry norms, and building a strong community collaborative. Plus, he shares how he’s navigating the transition to community ownership. This is a fantastic episode, especially for introverted nonprofit leaders seeking deeper connections with peers!
About Topher
Topher has been hosting people in collaborative environments for the purpose of social change for two decades. His purpose is to convene and connect nonprofit leaders, for-profit social entrepreneurs, grant-makers, impact investors, and all other agents of positive change, thereby building the ecosystem for the social sector and creating greater opportunities for international social and economic justice.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for creating collaborative environments, including:
- Topher’s biggest inspiration (5:40)
- Understanding what people need and shaping a community around it (10:30)
- Building a global community of people who are building sustainable solutions to poverty (15:15)
- Disrupting the industry (21:35)
- The impact of building a strong community-based collaborative environment (24:00)
- The transition to community ownership (34:40)
Teasers
“What happens is that it's actually beautiful for somebody who's an introvert because you have opportunities to form deeper connections.”
“We're just ready for a new way of bringing people together a new convening model, especially coming out of the pandemic where a lot of us are craving those in-person moments to form those relationships. It feels like an industry that's ripe for disruption.”
“No matter who we are, where we come from, how we get to the O.C., or the work we do, we are all human beings, first and foremost. And sometimes that means being parents and bringing the kiddos with us.”
Resources
Opportunity Collaboration (OC) website: https://ocimpact.com/
Connect with Topher on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/topherwilkins/
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/collaborative-environments
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
In this episode, I’m giving a behind-the-scenes look at a project that is near and dear to my heart, writing a full-length book! I’m diving into why this project is so special to me and what my journey has been like so far, including the ups, downs, and bumps in the road.
I’m also sharing a huge mindset shift that helped me get fully aligned with my book concept and navigate the no’s I’m getting from publishing agents. Plus, some of the biggest lessons I’ve learned so far during this process. This episode is full of important lessons that can be applied not just to writing a book, but to running a prosperous nonprofit!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll get an update on a special project that’s been on my heart for a long time, writing a full-length book, including:
- Why this project is so special to me (1:45)
- Exploring different publishing options (5:55)
- A huge mindset shift (10:45)
- Navigating the no’s (15: 30)
- The biggest lessons I’ve learned so far (17:00)
Teasers
“What is it that I want to be known for? And how does this, maybe even more importantly, how does this tie to my business?”
“I'm not very patient. And once I get an idea, I'm ready to go. I'm ready to implement. I'm ready to do it. That has served me really well in many ways and also can really keep me from doing my best work, honestly.”
“Just because you think you're not an official writer doesn't mean that you can't get a traditionally published book.”
“I probably walked 30 to 40 miles in total when I was in Puerto Rico and I got a whole new idea of a way to shape and structure the book. It makes so much more sense and is going to reach a much wider audience.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/book-update
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you’re a nonprofit leader looking to elevate your marketing using storytelling, then this podcast episode is for you. I chat with special guest, Diana Farias Heinrich, CEO of Habrá Marketing and ethical communication strategy expert. We dove into how she became an advocate for ethical storytelling and important lessons she’s learned along the way.
Diana also shares the important differences between marketing and fundraising communications and how you can truly build meaningful relationships with donors, instead of transactional ones. She also gives listeners the framework of ethical storytelling and how to fill the most common gaps nonprofits have when it comes to ethical communication.
About Diana
Diana Farias Heinrich (she/her) is an entrepreneur, speaker, and marketer. As the CEO of Habrá Marketing, Diana helps nonprofits execute effective and ethical communication strategies to raise more money.
She is certified as an Advocate for Survivors of Domestic Violence and for DEI in the Workplace. She holds bachelor's degrees in Literature/Writing and Latin American Studies. Her proudest accomplishments are being a mom and wife, and helping women in Ghana start a sustainable, clean water business.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies to implement ethical storytelling in your nonprofit including:
- What is ethical storytelling? (4:00)
- An important lesson in ethical storytelling (5:10)
- Why Diana quit her job to pursue nonprofit work (8:15)
- The difference between marketing and fundraising communications (11:40)
- Tips for effective nonprofit marketing communications (15:45)
- Ethical storytelling framework (25:05)
- The missing pieces of ethical storytelling (31:30)
- Ethical storytelling policies and practices (36:40)
- Diana’s favorite stories (40:40)
Teasers
“A lot of the fear that I hear is that we don't want to be transactional with our donors. Unfortunately, if you're not communicating, if you're not marketing in between your fundraising, that's exactly what you're going to get.”
“I'm not here to judge anyone, but what I do want to do is raise awareness about ethical storytelling.”
“A lot of this conversation around ethical storytelling is new for a lot of nonprofits.”
Resources
Guide to Informed Consent Conversations: https://informedconsentconversation.habramarketing.com/
Connect with Diana on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/dianafariasheinrich/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degrees.com/ethical-storytelling
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Nonprofit leaders, are you spending enough money on your organization? This probably sounds like a strange question, especially since many of you are looking for ways to minimize your expenses. However, there are five crucial things nonprofit leaders need to invest in in order to have a thriving organization. In this episode, I dive into what these five things are and why they’re so important.
I share strategies for how to evaluate different areas of your nonprofit to determine their impact, effort, and mission alignment. These factors will help you determine what areas you need to spend more money on, like fundraising strategies that are low-effort, and high-impact. They can be a game changer for your nonprofit. Listen to hear them all!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for identifying the things your organization needs to start spending money on, including:
- Investing in hiring and retaining qualified staff (1:45)
- Ensuring your organization has the right infrastructure and operational support systems in place (3:45)
- High-impact, low-effort fundraising activities (6:00)
- Programs that align with our vision have the most impact (8:40)
- Building a strong financial foundation (10:20)
Teasers
“Before you invest in that brand new technology, we need to make sure that we can check the box that our team is well paid.”
“And you overhead haters, you may come for me thinking, ‘“Are you saying that we need to increase our overhead?’ No, we're not increasing our overhead for the sake of increasing our overhead, but we need to start spending adequate money on infrastructure.”
“You're not going to be able to run your programs if you have a shaky financial foundation.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/start-spending-money
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you a nonprofit leader looking to take your leadership skills to the next level? If so, then give this episode a listen! I got some amazing insight from special guest, Erica Rooney, Executive Coach and a Chief People Officer. She shared how she empowers leaders, particularly women, to step into their own and become successful leaders for their organizations.
We dove into how Erica reinvigorated her passion, and not only recognized symptoms of burnout but also put strategies in place to alleviate it. Plus, we discussed how she’s using her HR background and Executive Coaching skills to help leaders avoid burnout, set healthy boundaries, achieve their goals, and challenge the norms of leadership. This episode is full of strategies nonprofit leaders can use to up their leadership game and become more successful leaders.
About Erica
Erica Rooney is a relatable and impactful Keynote Speaker, Executive Coach and Consultant, host of the Podcast, Glass Ceilings and Sticky Floors, and a Chief People Officer. With 15 years of experience in HR leading organizations in gender equality crusades, and coaching Executive Women, Erica has created a framework that empowers women to get seen, get heard, and get promoted by breaking free from the sticky floors that hold us back from busting through the glass ceiling.
As a top Culture Expert, Erica invigorates and educates organizations through change, driving a positive experience for employees, and guiding executives through the process of change to lead to massive success. She is on a mission to bring more women into positions of power and keep them there! Her book, Glass Ceilings & Sticky Floors: Shatter Limiting Beliefs and Toxic Behaviors to Uncover Infinite Possibilities will be available for presale soon!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for being a successful leader like:
- Becoming a thought leader (5:45)
- Reinvigorating your passion (11:25)
- Recognizing and alleviating burnout (13:15)
- Setting healthy boundaries (16:40)
- Challenging the norms of women in leadership (21:25)
- Benefits of executive coaching (26:15)
- Resources to help achieve your goals (34:25)
Teasers
“Sometimes a pivot doesn't necessarily mean a full pivot out. Sometimes it just means expanding what you are doing and how you are doing it in other realms of your life.”
“As skilled as I think I am and as important as I think I am, if I were to win the lottery tomorrow and quit my job, the business would still run.”
“What I challenge people to think about is if you burn yourself out to the point where it impacts your stress and your relationships and all of that, you're not going to be around to see the success of this nonprofit organization.”
“If there's not an existing resource, then we just have to create it.”
Resources
5x5 LinkedIn Strategy Freebie: https://ericaandersonrooney.myflodesk.com/5x5
Follow Erica on Instagram: @ericaandersonrooney
Connect with Erica on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericarooney/
The Best Tools for an Efficient and Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/become-successful-leader
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Nonprofit leaders, are you wasting money on unnecessary things? I know this sounds like a harsh question, but it’s so important to evaluate. It’s something I see all the time with many of the nonprofits my team and I work with. That’s why, in this episode, I dive into the six main things nonprofits need to stop spending money on and what you can do instead.
I’m sharing strategies for evaluating your budget and how you’re allocating precious resources. Plus, a different way of thinking about these expenses and how you can take a new approach. For example, instead of chasing shiny objects and trying to do every new marketing strategy you see other nonprofits doing, do what you know works for your organization. That’s just one of the many different strategies I break down in this episode. Tune in to hear them all!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for identifying the things your organization needs to stop spending money on, including:
- Assessing how effective your programs and initiatives are (1:50)
- Staying focused on marketing strategies that work for your nonprofit (4:30)
- Using technology efficiently (5:45)
- Being strategic about fundraising expenses (8:00)
- Conducting thorough executive compensation reviews (12:10)
- Evaluating board meeting and travel expenses (15:55)
Teasers
“Not all expenses are bad. We are not talking about this because we are trying to get expenses as low as possible.”
“I don't want to just do things because this is the way that we've always done it. I want to do things because we know that we're going to get the return that we are aiming for.”
“We need to be much more strategic with what we are spending money on.”
Resources
The Best Tools for an Efficient & Prosperous Nonprofit: https://100degreesconsulting.com/tools/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/stop-wasting-money
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you looking for fresh, new ways to up your individual fundraising game? This is the episode for you! I chatted with special guest, Haley Cooper, CFRE, about how she is empowering new nonprofits to be strategic with their individual fundraising.
We dove into how Haley stumbled into the nonprofit world after one mission trip completely changed the trajectory of her life. Plus, how she is using her experience as both a nonprofit founder and an entrepreneur to help organizations build a strong fundraising strategy, effectively build relationships and communicate with their donors, get buy-in for fundraising initiatives, and create a strong sense of belonging. This episode is full of strategies nonprofit leaders can implement to elevate their individual fundraising and meet their goals.
About Haley
Haley is a Certified Fund Raising Executive (CFRE), Certified Stress Management Coach, and Certified EmC train the trainer. She is the Founder of The Savvy Fundraiser, a nonprofit consulting and coaching business. Haley is a Founding Board Member and past Board Chair for the Orange County Nonprofit Professionals Network, and a board member of OC Advisors in Philanthropy. She has also served on the boards of the Association of Fundraising Professionals, OC Chapter, and Impact Giving.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn ways to elevate your nonprofit’s individual fundraising strategy including:
- Empowering emerging new nonprofits (3:00)
- How one mission trip completely changed the trajectory of Haley’s life (4:32)
- Being strategic about fundraising efforts (8:40)
- Getting buy-in for your fundraising strategy (12:05)
- Effectively communicating your vision to donors (14:25)
- Being strategic about building a sense of belonging (19:00)
- Upping your individual fundraising game (22:50)
- Ways organizations can build relationships with individual donors (26:10)
Teasers
“Sometimes fundraising is just a band-aid beyond an issue that's actually there.”
“Not all money makes sense for your organization. That $5,000 grant costs way more than $5,000 to apply for, manage, report on, etc.”
“Make that space for safe conversations, because it's a strategic imperative. It's a non-negotiable. Your team will become higher performing and you'll see more results.”
“You have people in your database. You've been around for a while. You've had board members. You've had those events. You've had volunteers. What if you strategically started investing your time in those people so that no matter what grant contract might end, you'll be able to have that sustainability through those seasons?”
Resources
The Savvy Fundraiser Website: https://thesavvyfundraiser.com/quiz/
Haley’s Fundraising Course: https://90-day-fundraising-course.teachable.com/p/fundraisingcourse
Connect with Haley on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/haley-cooper-cfre
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/elevating-individual-fundraising
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Does your organization have team retreats? Whether you’re just beginning to explore them or you’re looking for new ideas for your next one, this episode is for you. I’m diving into a special, behind-the-scenes look at our annual team retreat.
I’m discussing the benefits of retreats and why I think they are 100% worth the investment. Plus, the logistics and considerations leaders need to keep in mind when planning them. I’m also sharing the lessons I’ve learned from this retreat and from past years like taking pressure off the team, ensuring we allot enough time for activities, and not having a jam-packed itinerary.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll get a behind-the-scenes look at our annual team retreat, including:
- The benefits of an in-person team retreat (1:30)
- Travel logistics to consider (4:45)
- Why I don’t believe in a jam-packed itinerary (6:40)
- Taking pressure off of the team (9:20)
- Finding a balance in the types of retreat sessions (13:50)
- Considerations for next year’s retreat (19:00)
Teasers
“We're just trying new things every year and learning what works and what doesn't work, then revising for the next year.”
“We tried to have a mix of training sessions where we're introducing new ideas or concepts to the team and they're learning something as well as 100 Degrees sessions where we were really informing the team and gathering feedback around the company.”
“I cannot emphasize enough what a great investment a team retreat is. And it is an investment, so you need to budget for it. You need to prepare for it. But it's a fantastic investment into your organization.”
Resources
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/2024-team-retreat
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
How does your nonprofit take care of its employees? Recent research shows that employees who strongly agree their employer cares about their overall well-being (compared with those who don't) are 71% less likely to report high levels of burnout, leading to happier and more productive employees. In this episode, I spoke with special guest, Melissa Wesner, Licensed Counselor, about how nonprofit leaders can create a culture of wellness that benefits both employees and your bottom line.
Melissa shared a ton of strategies and resources leadership teams can use to cultivate this wellness culture like how to prevent burnout, the importance of addressing your own well-being, and setting strong boundaries. She also discussed how this wellness culture benefits the organization financially with lower employee turnover and more productivity. Plus, Melissa debunked one of the most common myths about taking care of your employees. This is a great episode for nonprofit leaders looking for ways to boost employee well-being and impact on the communities their organization serves.
About Melissa
Melissa Wesner is a Licensed Counselor, Brainspotting Consultant, and Founder of LifeSpring Counseling Services a group counseling practice in Maryland. Melissa loves hosting, planning, and bringing people together for meaningful experiences which is one of the reasons that she is now hosting international retreats for entrepreneurs and leaders. She is also the host of the Dreaming & Doing podcast, a podcast for big dreamers and action-takers looking for weekly doses of inspiration from successful entrepreneurs and wellness experts.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for creating an organizational culture of wellness including:
- What brain spotting is and why it’s beneficial (4:30)
- The importance of addressing your well-being (7:10)
- Strategies for preventing burnout in the nonprofit sector (10:20)
- Setting better boundaries for ourselves (20:10)
- How building a culture of employee wellness impacts the bottom line of an organization (26:00)
- Cultivating an organizational culture of wellness (38:30)
Teasers
“We have this people-pleaser trait, and we want to make everybody happy. We say yes, even when we don't want to say yes. The problem with saying yes when we don't want to say yes is that’s when resentment comes in.”
“Give yourself permission to not feel guilty about taking care of yourself.”
“Taking care of your employees’ well-being does not necessarily mean that you have to spend all of this money on extravagant things.”
Resources
Creating Your Burnout Prevention Plan: https://dreaming-and-doing-podcast.ck.page/business-owner-burnout-plan
A Preparation Checklist for Getting Out of the Office: https://dreaming-and-doing-podcast.ck.page/travel-prep-list
Costa Rica Retreat: https://lifespringcounseling.net/small-business-owners-retreat-in-costa-rica
Melissa’s Dreaming and Doing Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dreaming-and-doing-podcast/id1723843028
Follow Melissa on Instagram: @melissa_wesner_
Follow Melissa on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/lifespringcounselingservices
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/creating-culture-of-wellness
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
When was the last time you took a long, hard look at your systems and processes? Although this isn’t exactly an exciting process, it is so beneficial for your nonprofit. Organizations that regularly look at how they can improve their processes not only save time but money and resources as well.
In this episode, I’m discussing why taking a deep dive into your processes is important, how it builds trust with your donors, and how this can help your nonprofit scale in the future. I’m also sharing my favorite technology solutions, how to review your current tech stack, and how to implement new software. I’m even giving away my favorite tech secret!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn why it’s important to streamline your systems and processes, including:
- Finding efficiencies in your processes (2:00)
- Ensuring your data is accurate (3:55)
- Building trust with transparency (5:05)
- Optimizing decision making (5:45)
- Meeting compliance requirements (6:40)
- Scaling your nonprofit (7:30)
- Eight different areas of tech solutions for your nonprofit (9:05)
- My favorite technology secret (22:05)
- Diving into your current tech stack (23:40)
- The do’s and dont’s of implementing new software (26:00)
Teasers
“Having the right systems really helps make sure you're looking at accurate data, accurate financial information, accurate program information, etc.”
“Before we run out and get all excited and buy a bunch of new software that we may or may not use, I want you to look at what you already have and see if there are places where you can upgrade your existing subscriptions.”
“We can really only do one thing at a time and do it really well.”
Resources
Tech Soup: https://techsoup.org
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/spring-cleaning-systems
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Is your nonprofit getting donations from Donor-Advised Funds (DAF)? Whether your nonprofit is seasoned, brand new, or just looking to start accepting donations from DAFs, this episode is for you! I chatted with special guest, Mitch Stein, Head of Strategy for Chariot, a Donor-Advised Fund solution for nonprofits to maximize DAF fundraising.
Mitch shared how he is helping nonprofits leverage the power of DAFs by explaining what they are, why they’re important, and how he is breaking down barriers for donors. He also talked about why it’s important to prevent costly errors and eliminate administrative challenges so that nonprofits can get the most money from DAFs. This is a great episode for organizations looking for a different way to bring in funding and diversify their revenue streams.
About Mitch
Mitch is a social entrepreneur, community builder and impact innovator. He is currently the Head of Strategy for Chariot, a Donor-Advised Fund solution for nonprofits to maximize DAF fundraising. He previously founded a nonprofit marketplace and community called Pond after leaving his role as a VP on Goldman Sachs' Technology Investment Banking team. He's a long-time board member at The LGBT Center of NYC and an active alum of the Startup Leadership Program NYC.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn about how nonprofits can leverage the power of Donor-Advised Funds to diversify their revenue streams, including:
- Developing a strategy for generalized funds (4:45)
- Breaking down barriers for donors (5:55)
- What Donor-Advised Funds are (9:50)
- Why Donor-Advised Funds can be seen as controversial (12:40)
- Making it easy to use Donor-Advised Funds (17:30)
- Preventing costly errors and getting your nonprofit the most money (21:05)
- Eliminating administrative challenges (26:40)
- Adapting an entrepreneurial and innovative mindset (31:50)
- Creating technology for the nonprofit sector (38:20)
Teasers
“You’re not too late. It’s the perfect time to start leveling up, planning, and developing a strategy around generalized funds.”
“Just imagine you had a gift card that you couldn’t use. You had to log into your bank account to use your gift card at Starbucks. How likely are you to stop in Starbucks versus knowing how usable the gift card is? You’re going to both use it more often and spend more money because the money is already allocated.”
“We’ve worked with about 6,000 nonprofits. We ran an aggregate test across our current customers and over 40 percent of them had an inconsistency with their name or address.”
Resources
Connect with Mitch on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mitch-stein/
Visit the Chariot website: https://www.givechariot.com/demo-video
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/leveraging-donor-advised-funds
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you leveraging the power of strong community relationships? This episode is full of strategies leaders can use to build lasting relationships in their communities and help diversify their funding with earned income. I spoke with special guest, Megan McNally, co-founder of The Foundry, who shared how she’s using the relationships she’s built to fund her nonprofit primarily through earned income.
She discussed how she is building a social enterprise, partnering with the community, and not heavily relying on fundraising to operate her nonprofit. Megan also shared what financial management looks like for her, how she came to understand the true cost of things like time and efficiency, and why it’s important to have a strong financial foundation. This is a great episode for nonprofit leaders looking to use the relationships they have with the community to diversify their revenue streams.
About Megan
Megan is the co-founder of The Foundry. She graduated from Barnard College with a degree in Environmental Policy, has worked on green building construction sites across the country, and gained experience in woodworking at Yestermorrow Design/Build School. She moved back to Buffalo to run a woodworking business from 2011-2014 and is passionate about supporting women and people of color in "non-traditional" career pathways.
Megan is active in Big Brothers Big Sisters and encourages everyone to consider mentorship. She has been the recipient of the Women Who Move The City Award, BizJournal's 30 under 30 Award, Protege of The Year from the University at Buffalo’s Center for Entrepreneurial Leadership, and one of the finalists in the Community Foundation of Greater Buffalo Centennial Awards.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of diversifying revenue streams and how the community can help support your nonprofit’s mission through earned income, including.
- Providing support and advocacy for creative entrepreneurs (5:00)
- Creating a social enterprise and new revenue streams (10:45)
- Leveraging community relationships for earned income initiatives (14:20)
- The importance of building relationships within the community (18:45)
- What financial management looks like for a nonprofit leader (24:00)
- Shifting your mindset to understand the true cost of things (29:15)
- How a strong financial foundation impacts your mission (35:30)
Teasers
“I was doing environmental science and learned about a lot of the challenges around the old housing and housing stock in the city of Buffalo. And I ended up convincing my school to buy a house in the foreclosure option.”
“In terms of our approach, we really try to look at what sort of earned income can we do?”
It’s an opportunity for us to employ our young people who are practicing the skills that they’re developing, and they get paid to do it. It’s justification that the skills that they’re learning can actually give you money.”
Resources
The Foundry Website: https://www.thefoundrybuffalo.org/donate
Follow the Foundry on Instagram: @thefoundrybuffalo
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/strong-community-relationships
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you looking for ways to scale your nonprofit? This episode is full of strategies leaders can use to grow their organizations and boost their impact on the communities they serve. I spoke with special guest, Sara Allen, Executive Director for Sojourns Community Health Clinic, who shared how she’s managed to do just that by using unconventional revenue streams.
She chatted about how she’s shifted her mindset to think of her nonprofit as more like a business, and how this has positively impacted her organization and the community. Sara also shared several different strategies she’s used to scale her nonprofit using unique revenue streams. This is such a great episode for leaders to learn how to grow their organization!
About Sara
As the Executive Director for Sojourns Community Health Clinic, Sara feels honored to lead a clinic that provides naturopathic primary care, physical therapy, acupuncture, chiropractic, massage therapy, and other services to help people feel whole and well.
Originally from the West Coast and raised on the East Coast, Sara believes that cohesion can be created across divides. Her sights are set on helping the world to embrace a model of wellness that is holistic, integrative, compassionate, and effective. Sara resided in the Washington, D.C. area for 20 years before relocating to New England in 2022. She holds a master’s degree in public communication with a public health focus from American University, a bachelor’s degree in religion and women’s studies from Duke University, and is a certified life and health coach.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for growing and scaling your nonprofit to boost your impact like:
- Leveraging different sources of revenue (5:30)
- Thinking of your organization as both a nonprofit and a business (8:40)
- Expanding your funding sources (14:10)
- Thinking outside the box to scale your nonprofit (19:25)
- Finding a balance when you have multiple responsibilities (26:45)
- Advice for future nonprofit leaders (30:20)
Teasers
“I would encourage nonprofits to bring in a bit of a business mindset.”
“We operate like a nonprofit, we think like a business, but then we want to serve like a community member.”
“This particular program isn't quite as profitable, but we're going to keep doing it anyway, because number one it’s important to our mission, and number two, we know that this program over here is more profitable and can sustain it. I think that's yet another reason that it's so important to really understand your numbers and manage them well.”
“Does your calendar reflect your priorities?”
Resources
Visit the Sojourns website and use code PROSPER for a discount on your purchase: https://sojourns.org
Follow Sojourns on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sojournshealth/
Connect with Sara on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/saragoesglobal/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/scaling-your-nonprofit
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you a nonprofit leader searching for ways to better serve your community? Look no further! I chat with special guest, Kelly Dumas, about how you can have a bigger impact on the people you serve. She discusses the importance of cultural considerations, going beyond “checking the box” and truly understanding your community. Kelly shares her first-hand experience of this when an individual came to her organization after a hallucination misdiagnosis. In reality, this person was performing a spiritual practice that is common in their culture, but no one took the time to become aware of these cultural differences. There are so many powerful lessons nonprofit leaders can take away from Kelly’s experiences.
About Kelly
Kelly Dumas is a licensed clinical social worker and serves as the Executive Director of the Healing Hub of New York, Inc. She holds over 20 years of experience in behavioral health and nonprofits. Her work has included providing clinical services, executive and senior leadership, and overseeing the operations of the largest behavioral health organization in Western New York where she developed and led many programs, including the Black Mental Health Team which she brought together to meet the needs of the community following the racially motivated TOPS shooting that took 10 precious lives and left many scarred.
A subject matter expert in community Black mental health, Kelly has traveled abroad to learn about indigenous practices that can be incorporated into the work she does within the community. She has also facilitated trainers to come to Buffalo and train 22 individuals in Indigenous Psychotherapy, an approach that centers people of color. She is a woman of faith and serves as the Director of Mental Health at Zion Dominion Global Ministries where she has worshipped for 22 years. Kelly is also an adjunct professor at the University at Buffalo School of Social Work. She enjoys spending time with her husband Reggie and two children Denise and Dennis.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of cultural considerations in the nonprofit sector, including:
- Why nonprofits need to know and understand the people they serve (6:00)
- Understanding cultural practices in the communities you serve (10:10)
- Supporting communities healing from trauma (17:40)
- The power of hope (21:00)
- How understanding your finances supports your leadership efforts (25:20)
- The impact of a strong financial management system (31:00)
Teasers
“Indigenous psychotherapy really just teaches how you kind of incorporate the differences that may exist and often exist when you are working with people of color.”
“I just felt this calling that my assignment, which I'm very clear on, is centered around addressing the mental wellness of the people.”
“A nonprofit is not for the weak at heart. There are rough days, but hope keeps me going.”
Resources
Donate to the Healing Hub of New York, Inc.: https://www.healinghubny.org
Follow the Healing Hub of New York, Inc. on Instagram: @healinghubny
Connect with Kelly on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kelly-dumas-b6782025/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cultural-considerations
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you’re a nonprofit leader looking to 4x your fundraising revenue, then this episode is for you. I chat with special guest, Christina Edwards who shares how she is teaching nonprofit leaders to break industry norms to skyrocket their fundraising. We dive into the importance of investing in professional development, nonprofit “rules” Christina wants us to break when it comes to social media and email outreach, how to leverage social media influencers, and so much more!
About Christina
Christina Edwards is the Founder & CEO of Splendid Consulting and the host of the Purpose and Profit Club Podcast. Christina is more than just a lifelong entrepreneur; she's a trusted marketing expert, a passionate business coach, and a catalyst for positive change.
With her innovative Profit & Impact Flywheel Method, Christina has empowered thousands of ambitious social impact businesses and nonprofits to achieve remarkable success. Her clients consistently experience extraordinary revenue growth, often doubling or even quintupling their income. This is a testament to Christina's unwavering expertise and the transformative power of her programs.
Christina's mission is clear: she's dedicated to helping purpose-driven founders like you achieve your boldest dreams. She believes that success should be enjoyable and scalable, and she's here to guide you every step of the way.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies you can implement to 4x your organization’s fundraising, like
- Resources and tools for boosting your fundraising efforts (6:00)
- Why you need to invest in professional development (9:20)
- The power of accountability (13:10)
- The difference between a coach and a consultant (15:30)
- How mindset can directly impact your revenue (17:50)
- Determining your tolerance for risk (23:40)
- Building your entrepreneurial skills as a nonprofit leader (27:50)
- Turning nonprofit rules on their head (31:00)
- Leveraging the power of social media influencers (39:55)
- The most scalable fundraising strategy (42:00)
- Changing up your nonprofit’s email strategy (48:15)
Teasers
“Investing in coaching has been like going for a walk versus going on a jet.”
“A consultant is typically a subject matter expert on what they do. A coach tends to be a little bit more agnostic and they can help you get to where you want to be.”
“It's that mindset piece that is really a huge part of coaching and a big part of what I think people miss as being pivotal to their revenue.”
“I never want organizations to tout their low overhead. Do you know what you're also saying? Great news. We pay our staff at poverty level… You can pay people well. You can pay them a better salary and it will make your organization more money.”
Resources
Christina’s FREE Prospecting List: https://www.splendidcourses.com/prospect
Follow Christina on Instagram: @splendidconsulting
Connect with Christina on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/christinatza/
Follow Christina on Facebook: https://fb.com/splendidconsultingatl
Check out Christina’s Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/purpose-and-profit-club/id1662104886
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/breaking-nonprofit-norms
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Have you settled on a word of the year for 2024 yet? This is one of my favorite ways to prepare for the upcoming year. It helps me set an intention and gives me something to work towards. However, choosing a word was a struggle for me this year. I wasn’t resonating with anything, and I didn’t want it to feel forced.
In this episode, I’m diving into how I set my intention for the new year, even when choosing a word was a struggle. I’m sharing important lessons I’ve learned from unexpected places, like a snow globe, that resonated with me on a deep level. Plus, I’m chatting about my big goals for 2024 and giving you strategies for achieving your goals this year.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for setting your intentions and working towards your 2024 goals including:
- Setting intentions for 2024 (1:00)
- Lessons we can learn from a snow globe (5:15)
- My big goals for 2024 (6:55)
- How to achieve your big goals (10:20)
- Sharing your word of the year (17:30)
Teasers
“I hope beautiful things fall into place in a thousand little ways you didn't expect.”
“It's not just a life of coincidence and sitting back and passively letting things happen to you. You have to actively be aware, walking towards your goals, towards those things you want to accomplish, and even towards those little daily habits.”
“I am going to take action and then I am going to sit back and have the presence and the calm to watch the magic happen.”
“I consistently get myself in the room where it happens with people who inspire me, who are further along in their journey than I am, who can teach me, and who will absolutely challenge me.”
Resources
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/2024-intentions
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
As nonprofit leaders, we are always looking for ways to grow our impact on the communities we serve. It can be a challenge especially when we’re depending on government funding, which can be unpredictable and limited. My podcast guest, Ali Rabe, is sharing how she managed to 10x her nonprofit in under 5 years, even with government funding.
Ali is diving into strategies she’s used to get creative with her fundraising, marketing, and growing her nonprofit, Jesse Tree. Her organization went from 2 staff members, including herself, in 2019 to 18 employees today. Ali is also sharing her favorite time management tips to avoid the burnout that so many people in the nonprofit sector experience.
About Ali Rabe
Ali is the Executive Director at Jesse Tree, a nonprofit dedicated to preventing eviction and homelessness in the Treasure Valley. Ali has spent most of her career supporting local governments and nonprofits in their efforts to prevent and end homelessness. Ali is a proud alumnus of The College of Idaho and holds a J.D. from William & Mary Law School. She is the State Senator for District 16 in Idaho.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for growing your impact and diversifying your funding sources like:
- Lessons from international nonprofit experiences (4:00)
- The long-term impact of local nonprofit work (9:00)
- Navigating government funding with changing political administration (23:20)
- Managing the growth of your organization (31:00)
- Strategies for rapidly growing your nonprofit (35:30)
- Time management tips (40:20)
Teasers
“She just looked me in the eye and she said, ‘Why are you here? Where's your family? Go home to your family.’ I heard that constantly from people.”
“I got really angry and ran for office.”
“We were able to maintain our entire staff, even when that 3 million grant was gone.”
“I was really intentional about hiring and who I brought on with my staff and my board. And I'm proud to say that a majority of our staff, more than 90 percent, are still with us.”
Resources
Visit the Jesse Tree website: www.jessetreeidaho.org/donate
Follow Ali on Instagram: @aliforidaho
Follow Jesse Tree on Instagram: @jessetreeidaho
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/rapidly-growing-nonprofit
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Nonprofit leaders, when is the last time you set aside time to read? Whether you’re an avid reader like me, or it’s been a while since you picked up (or listened to) a book, you’ll want to give this episode a listen. I’m giving you my top book recommendations for 2024!
I read 48 books in 2023 and now I’m diving into my favorites, from fun reads to the most inspiring and impactful. Some of these books have quite literally changed my life and how I’m leading my team. Several of these books are geared towards entrepreneurs, but ring so true for nonprofit leaders as well. I highly recommend you add all of these books to your 2024 reading list.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, I’m diving into the books I read in 2023 and giving you my top recommendations, including:
- My favorite reading apps (1:10)
- My top fiction recommendation (4:20)
- The books that inspired me to have more fun (4:50)
- An interesting read that combines pop culture and a business case study (8:10)
- The 3 most impactful books I read in 2023 (11:50)
- Recap of my top book recommendations (15:00)
Teasers
“I don't do enough that I really think is fun and I love this book because she really defines fun.”
“The idea here is when you have a problem in your organization, instead of thinking, ‘Okay, how am I going to solve this problem?’ The question is, ‘Who am I going to get to help me solve this problem?’ And I just thought it was so powerful.”
“I think we all want to achieve more by doing less.”
Resources
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/2024-book-recommendations
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Knowing Your Numbers and Planning for the Future with Margaret Chapman Pomponio
How do you use your nonprofit numbers to plan for the future? Knowing where your organization stands with its finances is so important for continuing to grow your impact on the communities you serve. In this episode, I chat with special guest Margaret Chapman Pomponio about how she’s using this knowledge to plan for the future sustainability of her nonprofit, West Virginia FREE.
Margaret dives into how she is stepping outside of her comfort zone and using a unique approach to serving the community. She also shares how her nonprofit has shifted its fundraising strategy after looking at the financial trends. Like how WV FREE went from focusing on large donor contributions to individual, year-round contributions. Margaret also chats about how she is overcoming the scarcity mindset we so often see in the nonprofit sector.
About Margaret
Before Margaret joined West Virginia FREE in 2002, she had a varied career, from serving two terms in AmeriCorps to working with the Lummi Nation in Washington, waiting tables, and teaching Women and Politics at Western Washington University. When she returned to her native Mountain State, she landed at WV FREE and began to earnestly expand reproductive health, rights, and justice work in her home state.
Under Margaret’s leadership, WV FREE has successfully expanded its staff and reach and has experienced significant victories for reproductive health rights and justice policy throughout the state and at every level of government in a very challenging political climate. No stranger to fighting battles uphill, Margaret knows that advocacy for reproductive rights, and racial, gender, and economic justice is best done in partnership. She deeply values working in coalition and lifting up new leaders to build power for transformative social change.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn how the power of knowing your numbers can help you grow your impact and plan for the future, including:
- Stepping outside of your comfort zone (9:10)
- Using a unique approach to serve the community (12:30)
- Leveraging the power of your staff and contractors (17:45)
- Shifting fundraising strategies to individual contributors (20:50)
- Incorporating consistent year-round fundraising strategies (23:15)
- Overcoming scarcity mindset in the nonprofit sector (25:20)
- Why knowing your numbers grows your impact (32:50)
Teasers
“As a leader, we have to recognize what our weaknesses are or how we can improve. And my approach to that is recognize it, say it, and ask for help. I’ve always been that person. You’ve got to ask for help.”
“It’s been really gratifying to have more support. We know there’s a lot of untapped potential and it has kind of pushed us to that realization. We really do need to build more support right here in our own state and it’s bearing fruit.”
“Feeling confident in the numbers is everything. And doing the multi-year outlook gives me so much peace of mind.”
“Funders don’t want to invest in an organization that isn’t managing its finance as well. And to be able to tell the financial story to our donors I think gives a lot of peace of mind.”
Resources
West Virginia FREE Website: www.wvfree.org
Donate to West Virginia FREE: https://secure.everyaction.com/WDjTe0bHXU6iQi4HR-Rd1g2
FREE Monthly Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/knowing-your-numbers
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Overcoming the Challenges of Inflation
Is your organization struggling with the many challenges that come with inflation? The rising cost of everything has been top of mind for most people, including nonprofit leaders. Inflation is impacting our employees, the communities we serve, and our donors.
While rising costs are all around us, there are some strategies your organization can implement to overcome these challenges. In this episode, I dive into how you can keep up with rising costs like diversifying your revenue streams and looking at your organization’s cash reserves. These, along with some solid financial planning, can make a big difference for your nonprofit.
I also discuss the challenges nonprofits are facing with retaining employees and strategies for raising their salary to market rate. Hint: we’re talking about getting comfortable with asking funders for more money. It may not be easy, but it is doable. Let’s dive in.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies on how you can help deal with the rising costs within your organization, including:
- Keeping up with the rising costs of everything: health insurance premiums, audit fees, employee salaries, etc. (1:45)
- Communicating with funders about increased costs (4:40)
- Challenges with retaining employees (8:20)
- Why financial planning is so important, especially during inflation (10:00)
- Diversifying your revenue streams (12:00)
- Looking at your organization’s cash reserves (16:10)
- Getting comfortable asking funders for more money (17:50)
Teasers
“We need to have a forecast where we are proactively looking at our revenue and our expenses so we can project what our revenue needs to be to match that.”
“Who knows what prices are going to turn into? Who knows where inflation is going?”
“When we're talking about inflation-adjusted fundraising, we need to ask for more money.”
Resources
FREE Cashflow Template: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/overcoming-inflation
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Is one of your New Year's resolutions to attend more conferences and professional development opportunities? Maybe you’re looking for how to make the most of these experiences. If this is on your 2024 bucket list, then this episode is for you! Your time and money are precious, so you want to be sure you are getting the highest possible return on investment (ROI) from the events you attend.
In this podcast episode, I’m diving into ways to elevate your ROI of conferences by telling you the exact steps I take to get the most value from these events. I’m also sharing a few personal stories of how I created lasting relationships by getting out of my comfort zone and fully committing to the conference experience!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn ways to boost the ROI of attending conferences including:
- Setting clear goals for yourself (2:55)
- Benefits of planning ahead (5:00)
- The power of following up (10:20)
- Pulling yourself out of your comfort zone (12:00)
- Elevating the ROI of conferences (15:00)
- Taking action (17:30)
Teasers
“It was an opportunity to really go deep and share ideas and brainstorm things with people I already know.”
“Another favorite part of that conference was having a two-hour conversation while swimming in the ocean with somebody I had never met before. We were able to connect about so many things and share different ideas. It was fantastic.”
“What I always do is evaluate the ROI on my experience. And it's not necessarily monetary ROI when it comes to conferences, but really thinking about the experience afterward and thinking, ‘Did I really connect on a deeper level with a number of people?’”
“Make sure you've got that one action item from each session that you're actually going to do something about.”
Resources
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/elevating-roi-conferences
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you tired of feeling like you’re not getting anywhere with problem-solving in your organization? So many leaders and decision-makers have adopted a status quo with how they solve problems in their organization. It almost feels like they’re on autopilot.
While having a good process for solving issues is beneficial, sometimes we don’t give enough thought to how these problems are impacting our staff and community members. That’s why I’m so excited to have special guest, Heather Hiscox on today’s podcast episode. She’s a disruptor and changemaker who teaches other leaders how to implement effective problem-solving strategies in their organizations. She’s diving into systems you can use in your organization, and how you can quickly solve problems. Plus, she even gives some amazing resources for nonprofit leaders.
About Heather
Heather Hiscox is a frustrated changemaker on a mission to change the way WE change the world. Heather is the founder and CEO of Pause for Change. The PAUSE method is a proven and proprietary framework that helps changemakers address difficult challenges and pursue promising opportunities. These skills help organizations determine which solutions will create the greatest impact while using fewer resources and less time.
Heather is the author of No More Status Quo: A Proven Framework to Change the Way We Change the World. She is also the co-creator and host of Possibility Project, an online conversation series and growing community of disruptive change makers reclaiming their power through meaningful sparks, connections, and action. Heather speaks at conferences and events about social impact (nonprofit, local government, and philanthropic) disruption and innovation, and has launched several ventures that benefit the social impact sector, connecting organizations to the training, skills, and resources they need to deepen their impact.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies on how to disrupt the status quo and creatively solve problems in your nonprofit organization.
- How to disrupt the status quo in your organization (7:55)
- Why problem-solving slowly helps you move quickly in the long run (12:00)
- Big inhibitors to success (15:50)
- A step-by-step system for transforming your organization (18:10)
- Having conversations that push the nonprofit sector in a new way (27:15)
- Free resources and a community for nonprofit leaders (33:30)
Teasers
“You don't have to work status quo. You can work with love and care and creativity and can really approach challenges in a whole new way.”
“It's disruptive in the way that I'm asking individuals and teams and organizations to first pause to identify who is actually impacted by this challenge. Who are the humans inside and outside your organization that will be most impacted? Because we often don't do that. We just barrel ahead based on those habits and how we're rewarded to just solve, solve, solve, go urgency.”
“A prosperous nonprofit is one that is vulnerable enough to identify what they don't know, that is open enough and empathetic enough to identify that they need to go learn from those people that are most engaged in the challenges, which are usually frontline staff and community members.”
Resources
Heather’s Website: www.PauseforChange.com
Heather’s Book: www.NoMoreStatusQuoBook.com
Heather’s Talk Show: www.PossibilityProject.org
Connect with Heather on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/heatherhiscox/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/disrupting-status-quo
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you feeling bogged down by a busy work schedule? Is 20 meetings a week your norm? I’ve been there and that’s exactly why I recorded this podcast episode. Today, I’m diving into the New Year’s resolution that completely changed my life!
I’m sharing with you four tips to avoid the burnout being a nonprofit leader can sometimes bring. Plus, I’m giving you real-world examples of how you can start implementing these strategies in your everyday life. I’m talking about batching work, using your time wisely, prioritizing your tasks, and so much more!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for navigating a busy schedule and avoiding burnout including:
- The New Year’s resolution that changed my life (4:05)
- Setting boundaries (5:55)
- Using time wisely with meeting agendas (6:45)
- Batching work and meetings (7:55)
- Prepping your week and narrowing down your to-do list (12:00)
- Strategies for making a busy week smoother (15:00)
- Examples of how you can apply these strategies (17:15)
Teasers
“I changed my calendar link scheduling preferences and limited it to just two or three days. And it literally changed my life. I didn't have meetings every single day beginning to end with only 30 minutes or an hour in between.”
“I create my additional to-do list again of only the bare essentials so that I am not overwhelmed by this daunting list of things that don't really need to get done.”
“Batch work and batch your meetings to give yourself big chunks of open space to actually do work, get things done, think big, think strategically, and go deep in your work. Then, have your meetings on different days.”
Resources
Financial Management Webinar: https://hello.blackbaud.com/2024-Financial-Management-Webinar-Series.html
FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/resolution-that-changed-work-life
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you looking for fresh ideas to shake up your nonprofit and grow your impact? If so, then you’re in luck! Special guest and founder of Humble Design, Treger Strasberg, is sharing all the different ways she’s shaking up the nonprofit world like… how she communicates with her donors, and using empathy, dignity, and creativity as part of her nonprofit’s mission.
She also dives into how she’s been able to grow her nonprofit beyond Detroit to Chicago, Cleveland, Seattle, and San Diego by having set standard operating procedures. Treger also tells us how she’s inspiring those outside of her organization to get involved and sharing a huge mindset shift she experienced that completely changed the way she communicates with donors.
About Treger
Treger did not set out to create a national nonprofit or fill a hole in the continuum of care for homeless individuals. She did not plan on establishing a system that would help thousands of veterans, women, children, and families to stop the revolving door of homelessness for them. She had no intention of connecting with countless volunteers and supporters who shared her life view of leading with empathy and dignity. She just wanted to help a friend in need.
To date, Humble Design has furnished over 3,200 homes for over 9,100 hard-working moms, dads, kids, and veterans exiting homeless shelters. Families who have benefited from the home furnishings from Humble Design have had a 99 percent success rate of remaining in their homes. Humble Design was born out of the belief that families emerging from homelessness deserve to come home each day to a clean, friendly, and dignified home.
Treger is honored to have been nominated for two Emmys for the TV show “Welcome Home,” which follows Treger and her husband Rob through the process of changing a family's life through design. She has been awarded ABC World News Person of the Week, Volunteer of the Year in Michigan, Woman of Distinction in California, IIDA Business Innovator, TCH Diversity Award, the Lighthouse Salute America Award, Optimist Club's Ruby Award, Girl Scout of America's One Tough Cookie Award, Make your Marc award by Marc Fisher, and Oakland County Executive's Elite 40 Under 40, and others.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn how Treger Strasberg of Humble Design is shaking up the nonprofit world including:
- Diving head first into the nonprofit world (5:55)
- Changing the nonprofit landscape with creativity (8:30)
- Providing dignity and empathy to families experiencing homelessness (13:00)
- Growing your nonprofit’s impact and empowering others across the country to help (18:40)
- The importance of SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures) (23:30)
- Finding inspiration in the nonprofit world (25:55)
- Changing the way you communicate with donors (28:00)
Teasers
“I didn't want to just stick with any furniture that came my way. I wanted it to be dignified and respectful because she was my friend.”
“Those stories, for me, have opened up my eyes that this is an epidemic in this country that's coming down, whether we like it or not. Ans it is not just drug-addicted, mentally ill individuals who are struggling with being unhoused. One in four individuals in the United States are going to struggle with homelessness at some point in their life.”
“We're still governed by this archaic system that feels frustrating because our minds are living in this one world yet our financial statements are being judged in this other world.”
Resources
Visit the Humble Design website: www.humbledesign.org
Connect with Treger on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/treger-strasberg-80020841/
Follow all five Humble Design cities on Instagram:
@humbledesignsandiego
@humbledesigndetroit
@humbledesignnational
@humbledesignchitown
@humbledesignseattle
@humbledesigncleveland
FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/shaking-up-the-nonprofit-world
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
2023 is quickly coming to a close, so I thought I’d do a podcast highlights episode. I’m diving into the top 10 most downloaded episodes of 2023 and boy oh boy are they juicy… like the episode where I announced that we were shutting down half of our business. It was absolutely terrifying, but 100% the best and most aligned decision for us. That experience was part of the inspiration for my ‘Building Confidence Doing Scary Things’ episode that aired shortly after.
This year, we also dove into building your nonprofit finance dream team and the role of the nonprofit CFO. But enough about me. We had some amazing guests this year who gave our listeners a literal gold mine of information, especially around grants, organizational culture, and increasing your impact and improving your bottom line.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, we’ll dive into the most popular podcast episodes of 2023. Here’s the list if you want to jump straight to the episodes.
- Announcement! And Celebrating 100 Episodes (Episode 100)
- How Nonprofits Can Use ChatGPT to Increase Their Impact with Krista Kurlinkus (Episode 104)
- Building a Thriving Organizational Culture with Skyler Badenoch (Episode 106)
- Creating a Strong Organizational Culture with Alissa Novoselick (Episode 134)
- Building a Balanced Funding Strategy and Becoming a Grant Writing Unicorn for a Prosperous Nonprofit with Meredith Noble (Episode 110)
- How to Build Confidence in Doing Scary Things (Episode 103)
- Building Your Nonprofit Finance Dream Team (Episode 109)
- The Role of Nonprofit CFO (Episode 111)
- Demystifying Federal Grants with Patrice Davis (Episode 112)
- How Data Can Improve Your Bottom Line with Kaitlin Windle (Episode 118)
Teasers
“We came to that decision, to basically shut down half of our business… It was terrifying, but it was 100 percent the right decision.”
“It's not normal for people to stay at an organization for five or ten years when people are just jumping around so much.”
“She demystifies all things federal grants because they're scary, they're big, they're confusing and their systems online are like dinosaurs.”
Resources
Grant Writing Made Easy with Krista Kurlinkus: https://grantwritingmadeeasy.com/
FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/2023-podcast-highlights
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you a small nonprofit leader looking for ways to spruce up your fundraising strategy to meet your goals? If you said yes, then you’re in luck as fundraising expert, Cindy Wagman, is joining us on today’s episode.
She is sharing a wealth of knowledge, like the number one factor in fundraising success, how she’s seen fundraising change over the past two decades, and how having the right person in a fundraising role makes a huge difference for the nonprofit. She even tells us how access to expert fundraisers for small nonprofits is more attainable than you think. Cindy dives into how fractional fundraising is helping small organizations meet, and even exceed, their fundraising goals.
Read the podcast transcript here.
About Cindy
Cindy Wagman is challenging the status quo when it comes to nonprofit consulting. As a nonprofit pro turned in-demand coach, consultant, and speaker, Cindy empowers nonprofit-serving consultants to shake off the “shoulds,” drop the nonprofit scarcity hangover, and find abundance in entrepreneurship.
Cindy is the co-host of the Confessions with Jess & Cindy podcast, and author of the bestselling book, Raise It! The Reluctant Fundraiser’s Guide to Raising Money Without Selling Your Soul, and founder of the Fractional Fundraising Movement.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies small nonprofits can use to up your fundraising game like:
- The most important factor in nonprofit fundraising (6:00)
- The evolution of fundraising and development teams over the past two decades (12:00)
- How having an experienced person in the fundraising role positively impacts the entire organization (16:45)
- What is fractional fundraising? (20:00)
- Types of nonprofits that get the most out of fractional fundraising (29:00)
- Expectations that need to be in place for fractional fundraisers (33:45)
Teasers
“So it's [fundraising] a heavy push at the beginning and then it's a lot lighter of a load.”
“It takes 12 months, at least, for things to start to feel like, ‘Oh, okay, I can see this coming together.’”
“The organization has to understand that you have to build fundraising into your core budget to be able to sustain it.”
Resources
Find a fractional fundraiser or become one: https://www.thegoodpartnership.com/
Connect with Cindy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/cindywagman/
Follow Cindy on Instagram: @cindywagman.consulting
FREE Cash Flow Forecast: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/fundraising-strategies-for-small-nonprofits
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you effectively using your budget to support your team's culture and values? One of the most important qualities of a prosperous nonprofit is having a healthy, well-taken-care-of team. But is it reflected in your budget?
In this episode, I’m diving into five ways your budget can support your organization’s team values. I’ll share strategies around defining your team culture and how you can work those values into your budget. And don’t worry, if you’re limited on funds, there are a ton of ways to get creative to make sure your team is happy, healthy, and well taken care of!
Now, there is a little bit of tough love and you may feel a little called out in this episode. With that being said, I sincerely hope you take it to heart and look for ways to use your budget to take care of your team. Your nonprofit will have the best impact on the communities you serve when your team is happy and well cared for.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for how your budget can support your team culture and values including:
- Defining your team culture (5:00)
- Allocating resources for professional development (7:45)
- Prioritizing employees’ well-being (11:05)
- Promoting diversity and inclusion (14:10)
- Recognizing and rewarding your team for upholding your organization’s culture and values (15:50)
Teasers
“One quality of a prosperous nonprofit is having a healthy, well taken care of team, but a lot of times I am not seeing that reflected in the budget.”
“When employees are healthy, well-rested, well taken care of individuals, they are going to do better at work.”
“A lunchtime yoga class is not going to solve that problem.”
“We want to have a budget line for recognizing and rewarding behaviors and contributions that align with our team culture and values.”
“If you want to prioritize our employees well-being but you're not actually allocating any resources towards this, it's just lip service.”
Resources
FREE Cash Flow Template: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/budget-for-team-values
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you stressing about wrapping up your 2023 finances? There are so many regulations to adhere to and tasks to get done. It can get overwhelming very quickly. In our latest episode, special guest, Mark Pate, shares several great strategies for wrapping up your 2023 finances so you can go into 2024 stronger than ever.
Mark answers burning questions like, “Should nonprofits change audit firms every three to five years?” He also shares how nonprofits can get the most out of working with an auditor, using audit information to tell your organization’s story and impact, and characteristics of a smooth auditing process. Plus, he dives into the ever-important year-end tasks, how to plan for the year ahead, and how to create a positive audit experience.
About Mark Pate
Mark joined CapinCrouse in June 2013. He has over ten years of experience in nonprofit auditing and serves many different types of organizations, with a primary focus on universities, foundations, and international organizations. Since joining the firm, Mark has worked with key clients and served as the lead in planning and performing several financial statement audits each year.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for closing out your 2023 finances and preparing for the year ahead, including:
- Should nonprofits change audit firms every three to five years? (7:40)
- How to get the most out of working with an auditor (11:15)
- Using audit information to share your story and impact (19:05)
- Important year-end tasks (21:55)
- Planning for the year ahead (25:40)
- Characteristics of a smooth auditing process (28:00)
- How in-person audits can be more efficient (33:45)
- Creating a positive audit experience (36:00)
Teasers
“It's a good thing to be thinking about as a board to make sure that you're not just getting the same thing done every single year.”
“Don't just wait until it comes time for the audit to figure out all these complicated things.”
“The clients that do well in the audits are the ones who are letting us know ahead of time.”
“We want you to be as protected as possible. And so here are some ways that we've identified in your internal controls where you need to strengthen some things and change some things up.”
Resources
Connect with Mark on LinkedIn: http://www.linkedin.com/in/mark-pate-6449443b
Visit the CapinCrouse Website: https://capincrouse.com/
Download the FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/nonprofit-audits
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you a nonprofit leader feeling intimidated by public relations? You know you want to spread awareness for your organization, but PR feels scary and you have questions. Is it marketing? Is it fundraising? What is it exactly? If this sounds familiar, then stick around.
In this episode of The Prosperous Nonprofit, I’m chatting with two special guests, Caitlin Copple and Holly Conti, co-owners of Full Swing Public Relations. They’re addressing your burning questions about PR and how you can leverage it to help grow your awareness… and your donor contributions.
We’re diving into what PR is and strategies for PR outreach like including different audiences and how to craft compelling stories. We also chat about what pieces of PR nonprofits can DIY if they’re not ready to make the investment in a PR firm. Plus, we talk through the ROI of PR, a timeline of when you can start to see results, and how to play the long game. This episode is packed with great information that can help you leverage PR to meet your fundraising goals!
About Caitlin and Holly
Caitlin and Holly are co-owners of Full Swing Public Relations, the nation's leading agency serving small business owners from underrecognized communities. Founded in 2019, Full Swing PR helps BIPOC and LGBTQ+ led companies and organizations increase their visibility, credibility, and sales through expertly-executed public relations strategies. Learn more at www.fullswingpr.com.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn PR strategies you can use to get media traction and higher donor engagement and contributions, like:
- What is Public Relations? (6:45)
- Why it’s important to include different audiences in your PR outreach (9:40)
- Tips for crafting a compelling story to pitch to the media (12:00)
- What pieces of PR nonprofits can DIY (18:30)
- The timeline for seeing results from a PR investment (27:45)
- The ROI of PR (33:05)
- Playing the long game with PR (39:00)
- Innovative PR strategies for the nonprofit sector (41:25)
Teasers
“Oftentimes what I see with nonprofits is that they have a ton of untapped potential. They have untapped things at their fingertips that they aren't taking advantage of.”
“After six weeks of doing some PR stuff in the media and then nurturing their audience, we sent one more email with an ask, and that one email got them $18,000 in donations.”
“It's ideal if you have at least three months to commit to a concentrated [PR] effort.”
Resources
Last chance to grab our super special Black Friday deal… The Master Your Nonprofit Numbers Course for 50% OFF with code BLACKFRIDAY50. This is the lowest price you’ll see all year and it only lasts until Tuesday, November 28th.
PR Resources: https://fullswingpr.com/freebies/
Follow Full Swing PR on Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook
Connect with Caitlin on LinkedIn, Twitter, and Instagram
Connect with Holly on LinkedIn and Instagram
FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/pr-for-nonprofits
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
If you could raise 53% more money next year for your organization, without hosting another gala event or traveling across the country to meet with a new donor, what would that mean for your nonprofit? Guidestar published a study that demonstrated that organizations that provided better and more information to stakeholders raised substantially more money in subsequent years than organizations that didn’t share information with stakeholders.
So what’s the problem? Oftentimes, nonprofit leaders aren’t comfortable enough with their numbers to be able to confidently share interesting, insightful information that will make an impact on their donors. Sound familiar? You might feel like understanding your numbers is complicated or confusing - but I have a solution!
In this episode, I’m diving into why Master Your Nonprofit Numbers is THE program for nonprofit leaders who want to understand and communicate their numbers with a clear and simple system that truly works.
The best part: The course requires NO accounting knowledge or a background in finance. It was designed exclusively for YOU, the busy nonprofit leader who’s wearing ALL the hats. Clarity and confidence is the name of our game!
In honor of Black Friday, Cyber Monday, Giving Tuesday, and the official kickoff of the holiday season, we are offering Master Your Nonprofit Numbers at 50% off! (Use code: BLACKFRIDAY50)
This is the lowest price you’ll ever see on this program all year long.
Grab it now and invest in your own professional development this year!
Read the podcast transcript here.
Resources
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/leveraging-your-990
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at https://100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Did you know the 990 can be more than just a tax form? It’s also a powerful marketing tool you can leverage to make a great impression on donors and stakeholders and get more funding for your nonprofit. In this episode, I’m diving into the ins and outs of the 990, why it is more than just a tax form, and how you can use it strategically for your organization.
In today’s episode, get ready to learn how you can intentionally fill out the 990 with your mission statement, metrics, and impact to tell a story and give the true picture of what your organization is doing for the communities it serves. Your 990 is a great opportunity to promote accountability and transparency, both critical in any nonprofit. Financial transparency is a surefire way to land even more contributions from donors!
I’m also sharing why monitoring your GuideStar profile frequently and keeping it up to date is important. Plus, how all of these factors play a role in leveraging your 990 as the powerful marketing tool that it is. Tune in to learn how to use your 990 to make an even greater impact in your community.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies on how you can leverage your 990 as a marketing tool to grow your impact in the communities you serve, including:
- The ins and outs of the 990 (2:40)
- How the 990 is more than just a tax return (6:05)
- Being intentional about filling out your 990 (8:00)
- Leveraging the 990 as a marketing tool (16:00)
- Why you need to keep your GuideStar profile up to date (19:30)
Teasers
“GuideStar published a study a few years ago that said organizations that were more transparent received 53% more in contributions the following year.”
“A really great way to get potential donors excited about giving is to put really thorough descriptions that tell a story and include metrics on your 990.”
“We can use a 990 as a strategic marketing tool to make a good first impression on our donors and other stakeholders.”
“Stop recycling those old descriptions of your programs from five years ago that don’t have any metrics in them and collaborate with other teams in the organization.”
Resources
FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/leveraging-your-990
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at https://100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you in the year-end fundraising time crunch? The end of the year is often one of the busiest times for nonprofits, with teams hustling to achieve their year-end fundraising goals. That’s why I am so excited to have a special guest and fundraising expert, Morgan Gross in this podcast episode.
Morgan shares how she’s helped nonprofits achieve their fundraising goals and expand their reach internationally. She also shares with us what strategies she’s used to achieve these goals like leveraging the power of technology, utilizing peer-to-peer fundraising techniques, and navigating the fine line of ethical storytelling. Morgan gives listeners creative ideas for not only engaging donors but also educating them, furthering fundraising impact. If you’re a nonprofit leader looking to meet your year-end fundraising goals, then this episode is for you.
About Morgan Gross:
Morgan is the founder and CEO of Fundraising Beyond Borders. Her mission is to help international nonprofits fundraise with confidence. She works with organizations to give them the strategies to succeed so that they can continue making the world a better place.
She co-founded hermy first nonprofit in 2014 and has years of experience building from the ground up. After traveling and creating award-winning fundraising campaigns across East and Southern Africa, she learned the success of international nonprofits lies in a customized fundraising plan, realistic fundraising goals, targeted messaging, and global donor engagement techniques. Years later, she’s now dedicated to coaching individuals and groups that strive to make a material impact on causes they love.
Episode Summary:
In today’s episode, you’ll learn strategies for meeting your year-end fundraising goals and expanding your reach internationally, like:
- Focusing on the power of storytelling (8:10)
- Conducting international fundraising campaigns (10:00)
- The power of technology (11:20)
- Leveraging peer-to-peer fundraising (13:10)
- Why you need a donor management system (15:25)
- Tweaking your storytelling methods to speak to your different audiences (19:00)
- Navigating the fine line of ethical storytelling (22:30)
- Perspective on the future of the nonprofit sector (24:35)
- Creative methods for engaging donors (27:00)
- Educating your donors (30:00)
Teasers:
“The power of peer-to-peer fundraising is incredible.”
“You have to do a ton of research on that and figure out who your donors are, who and who your ideal donor is. In regards to storytelling, that is so crucial.”
“We may need a different message for different people on our list at different times.”
“How are we actually engaging our donors? …Yes, it’s communication, but it’s also education. How are we educating our donors? And also, how are we making a community and providing a community for our donors to get engaged?”
Resources:
- Morgan’s website: www.fundraisingbeyondborders.com
- Connect with Morgan on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/morgan-ann-gross/
- Follow Fundraising Beyond Borders on Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, YouTube, and TikTok
- FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/year-end-fundraising
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you leveraging consultants for your nonprofit? Maybe you’re debating on bringing on a consultant but aren’t sure where to start. Or maybe you’re not even sure if bringing on a consultant is the right move for your organization. If you’re in consultant limbo, then this episode is for you!
In today’s episode, I share my experiences hiring consultants for organizations as well as being a consultant for organizations. I dive into some of the legal nuances of consultant vs. employee and some of the common areas where nonprofits use consultants. I also break down the benefits and downsides of working with consultants, so you can determine if using a consultant is the right fit for your organization.
This episode also covers strategies for selecting the right consultant for your nonprofit and how to set them up for success. Plus, I share how to ensure you’re leveraging consultants in the most strategic way possible with a deep dive into the process of working with a consultant so that you can have an idea of what to expect when bringing one on for your organization.
Episode Summary:
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for leveraging consultants in your nonprofit, including:
- Legal nuances of categorizing someone as a consultant contractor vs. employee (2:00)
- Common areas where nonprofits use consultants (3:10)
- Benefits of working with a consultant (5:20)
- Downsides of working with a consultant (8:05)
- Selecting the right consultant (11:40)
- Setting your consultants up for success (14:10)
- The process of working with a consultant (17:15)
Teasers:
“A consultant is often able to pop in and pop out as you need them. Instead of being tied to a particular salary for an indefinite period of time, you can hire a consultant or contractor as you need them. You're really getting more bang for your buck.”
“Make sure that you are able to set the consultants up for success and have really strong communication. Don't hire them and then expect them to jump in and do everything.”
“What you don't want is to hire a consultant for a period of time or for a project and then inadvertently neglect to tell them about a big deadline you have coming up. And then, it's a disorganized chaotic process.”
Resources:
- FREE Cash Flow Template: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/leveraging-consultants
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you looking for ways to build an inclusive culture in your nonprofit? Organizational culture can be a challenge for many nonprofit leaders. One of the main reasons is that every organization has blind spots. It can be difficult to see what your organization is missing, especially when you’re on the inside all day every day.
In this episode, I sit down with Yanira Castro to chat about how she uses strategies to help nonprofits build an inclusive culture. She discusses how she uses respectful storytelling and ways to use language that is inclusive and nonexclusionary. Yanira also dives into how to use core values to set the tone and transform your culture. She also gives some great examples of what not to do when you’re building a culture of inclusivity.
About Yanira:
Yanira M. Castro (she/her/ella) is a speaker and communications professional with more than 20 years of experience in telling inspiring stories to audiences ranging from national television shows to leading digital channels.
Yanira founded Humanity Communications Collective in 2017 to inspire people with stories of joy and justice. The team, made up of amazingly talented women and people of color, is highly focused on digital engagement and storytelling, by reminding people to embrace technology, business, and life in a way that focuses on people’s humanity. Humanity Communications Collective has also shared important and groundbreaking client stories on CBS This Morning, ABC News, 60 Minutes, Essence, Now This!, O, The Oprah Magazine, and many others.
Episode Summary:
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for building an inclusive and understanding organizational culture for your nonprofit, including:
- Using respectful storytelling (8:40)
- Ensuring your language is inclusive and nonexclusionary (11:30)
- Filling in the gaps between the nonprofit team and the community they’re serving (13:50)
- Transforming the culture of your organization (17:10)
- Assessing your organization’s blind spots (19:20)
- Using core values to set the tone for your culture (23:50)
- Finding job candidates that fit your culture (27:50)
- Intentionally embodying core values every day (30:05)
- What not to do when creating an inclusive and understanding culture (33:15)
Teasers:
“There's more power in telling a story that is centered in somebody's lived experience in a way that showcases them as a hero of their own narrative and not the nonprofit being the hero.”
“Feedback can be tough, but we need to hear the tough things in order for us to really change, especially if we're looking at changing people's hearts and minds.”
“Values that we hold really build our culture in a way that people really enjoy.”
Resources:
- Check out the Humanity Communications Collective website: https://humanitycom.com/donate/
- Connect with Yanira on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/yanira-castro/
- Follow the Humanity Communications Collective on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/humanity-communications-collective/
- FREE Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/inclusive-culture
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Have you started the process of budgeting for 2024 yet? It’s already October, so if you haven’t started yet, you’re behind. This podcast episode will help you get caught up so you can go into 2024 prepared and ready to make a big impact on the communities you serve.
This episode covers six tips for improving your nonprofit’s 2024 budgeting process. We dive into what mistakes many organizations make during this process, and more importantly, how to avoid them. Plus, strategies for boosting your team’s morale during this often difficult time. Hint: it’s not giving them free rein to make their department’s budget and then slashing it in half.
There is a better, more effective, and more collaborative way to budget that also accounts for sustainability, like having a cash reserve. You can learn how to be more proactive and strategic about budgeting for 2024 so you and your team can hit the ground running in January. Lead your team into the new fiscal year stronger than ever and ready to make an even bigger impact.
Episode Summary:
In this episode, you’ll learn how to get caught up to speed on your 2024 budgeting so that you can go into the new fiscal year ready to hit the ground running and make a larger impact, like…
- The first thing to think about when creating your budget (2:50)
- Why you need to involve others in the budgeting process (5:00)
- How to plan for sustainability (10:05)
- Using a variety of sources to create your budget (14:30)
- Creating a plan for revenue (16:30)
- Why your nonprofit needs to invest in financial management (22:40)
Teasers:
“We want to be thinking strategically about allocating the resources that we have to achieve our biggest goals.”
“Think from a 30,000-foot view instead of just taking this year's profit and loss statement or income statement and tweaking it a little bit.”
“One big mistake I see a lot of nonprofits making is that we are building a break-even budget every single year. We're budgeting for as much revenue as we have expenses and vice versa.”
“We want to make sure we have time to really be strategic and not just plunk some numbers into Excel based on what we did last year and hope for the best.”
Resources:
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/budgeting-for-2024
- FREE Cash Forecast Template: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you leveraging technology to create better outcomes for your nonprofit? Do you immediately get a feeling of overwhelm or dread when you hear the term “leveraging technology?” It’s understandable if you do, technology can be complicated to say the least. However, it can also be a game changer when it comes to freeing up extra time.
In today’s episode, I chat with Heather Johnson about her experience of helping nonprofits leverage technology. We dive into how the nonprofit space has evolved over the last two decades, especially regarding technology and awareness. Heather also tells us her first-hand experiences of how organizations are having a much greater impact on their communities when they have a solid financial foundation and good technology systems in place.
She also shares how nonprofits are experiencing high ROIs when they incorporate more efficient processes into their backend business operations. Plus, you’ll learn more about how to use one of your greatest assets, your team, when identifying and improving inefficiencies within your organization.
About Heather:
Heather Johnson has spent two decades working with technology for nonprofits. With experience working with nonprofits at every step of their journey to revolutionize their organizations, she has come to learn what good looks like and where technology can be the nonprofit's friend or their worst enemy.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary:
In this episode, you’ll learn how leveraging technology can create better outcomes for your nonprofit like:
- How the nonprofit space has grown and evolved over the past 20 years (5:20)
- The ROI of having good technology in place (7:30)
- Identifying opportunities for improved efficiencies (12:00)
- How a solid financial foundation leads to more revenue (17:10)
- Using your team’s perspective to help identify and fix inefficiencies in your organization (22:00)
Teasers:
“We've seen the business of nonprofits explode over the last 20 years, and I really believe that it's just going to continue to grow as folks become more and more focused on social good.”
“Let the machines work so the people can think.”
“You cannot have the impact that you want to have if your backend (system) is broken.”
“Any platform is only as good as its level of adoption.”
Resources:
- Connect with Heather on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/heather-johnson-a170b3157/
- Follow Blackbaud on Instagram: @blackbaud
- Keep up to date with Blackbaud on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/blackbaud/
- For more information on Blackbaud, visit their website at: www.blackbaud.com
- Download the free Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/leveraging-technology
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Do you ever feel alone as a nonprofit leader? Maybe you feel like you don't have anyone to talk to within your organization about the challenges you're facing. Finding peer connections can sometimes feel impossible for nonprofit leaders. In today's episode, I chat with Ellen Kehl about how she’s helping to foster connections within the nonprofit leadership community to help leaders overcome the many obstacles they’re experiencing.
We talk about the different challenges nonprofit leaders are facing in the post-COVID world like staffing issues, a remote workforce, different funding priorities, and why it’s so important for them to find a sense of peer connection with their fellow nonprofit leaders. We also discuss different strategies thriving nonprofits are using to stay ahead of these challenges.
Ellen shares some of her favorite resources that support nonprofit leaders, especially those that create peer connections. Plus, we chat about common characteristics of thriving nonprofits and how leaders can start applying strategies like being more tolerant of risk in their organizations. This episode is full of practical tips you can start implementing today.
About Ellen:
Ellen Kehl is the Associate Director with The Nonprofit Partnership. Ellen has her Bachelor’s Degree in Social Work from the University of Pittsburgh and her Master’s Degree in Public Administration from Gannon University. She began with The Nonprofit Partnership as a student intern in January of 2015 and secured full-time employment after receiving her MPA in June of 2016.
Ellen enjoys acting as the bridge between The Nonprofit Partnership and its member organizations. She's responsible for the organization’s brand management, member relations, programming, partnerships, and more.
Episode Summary:
In today’s episode, you’ll learn
- The mission of The Nonprofit Partnership (5:00)
- The needs and challenges nonprofit organizations are facing right now (7:15)
- Why a sense of connection is so important for nonprofit leaders (9:55)
- Strategies nonprofits are using to keep up with constant changes (13:40)
- Resources to support nonprofit leaders (15:55)
- Characteristics of thriving nonprofits (22:20)
- Why risk tolerance is an important part of being a nonprofit leader (29:30)
Teasers:
“I like to think we're the Google for nonprofits.”
“I think about my time in the nonprofit sector and I felt like I was all by myself. I didn't have anybody. I didn't have any peers that I could go to.”
“The way that these groups are keeping up is through different things, like embracing technology.”
“I think just being a human and being a good human, those have been the best qualities.”
Resources:
- Connect with Ellen on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ellenkehl/
- Keep up with The Nonprofit Partnership on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-nonprofit-partnership
- Visit The Nonprofit Partnership on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/nonprofitpartnership/
- Follow The Nonprofit Partnership on Instagram: @npp_erie
- Download the free Finance Routine Checklist: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/peer-connections
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at https://100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
How are you integrating core values into your nonprofit’s everyday work? Are you utilizing these values as a decision tool and a means for navigating your organization through changes? How do all of your employees, from those on the front lines to the leadership team embody core values every day?
In this episode, special guest Chad Zibelman talks about how he and his organization integrate core values into their everyday work. He discusses how to use these values to help your organization grow by leveraging your professional network, building a flexible organization, and strategically looking at “failure.” Chad also gives us practical tips for building relationships with donors all while advocating for your organization’s mission, and turning to these values to know when to say no. On top of all of that, Chad also tells us how he lands the ever-sought-after corporate partnerships.
About Chad:
Chad Zibelman is the CEO of The Sonder Project, an international 501(c)(3) non-profit organization whose mission is to empower impoverished communities through high-impact, sustainable development. Chad grew up in the Philadelphia area and graduated from Temple University with a degree in Education. He then joined the Peace Corps and taught in a rural school in the African country of Namibia. Upon completion of his service, Chad returned to the US and began an 8-year career with the non-profit organization buildOn.
buildOn constructs schools in developing countries and Chad worked his way up to become Trek Director, responsible for a program that brought over 1,000 volunteers/year abroad to immerse in communities and help build schools. The founders of The Sonder Project came to know Chad when they participated in a buildOn Trek to Burkina Faso in 2015, and three years later, they asked him to lead the organization. Chad resides with his wife, two daughters, and their pet rabbit in Sonoma County, CA.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary:
In today's episode, you’ll learn strategies for meaningfully integrating your organization’s core values into your everyday work including:
- Leveraging your professional network to help your organization grow (9:05)
- Strategies to implement for a more flexible organization (10:45)
- A different way to look at “failure” (14:10)
- Building relationships with donors and supporters (16:30)
- Advocating for your organization’s vision (20:15)
- Exemplifying your core values in your everyday work (22:30)
- Utilizing your core values as a decision-making tool (24:20)
- Landing corporate partnerships (27:25)
- Incorporating core values into your interview process (36:00)
Teasers:
“We really try to live by our values. One of our values is to listen to others, and that includes our beneficiaries, includes partners on the ground, includes our donors, but we take that seriously.”
“I think it's important for individuals working, whether it's a small organization or a big organization, to not be afraid of the vision that you set and to make sure you are a constant advocate for that vision.”
“It was a really collaborative experience with all of our board members and our staff to understand what drives us.”
“Creating an environment where people are not afraid to speak their minds and share in a safe space only allows the whole organization to be more prosperous.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor, Grants Works!
With billions of dollars in federal grant funding available, now is the time to learn about how to apply for and manage federal grants from Patrice Davis, an expert who simplifies federal grants. Her Federal Grants Simplified Bootcamp is a six-week hybrid training that gives you the freedom to access on-demand training on your schedule and to attend live weekly Q&A sessions with Patrice. Plus, GrantsWorks is an ACFRE approved continuing education provider. Use code DEGREES for 10% off your registration.
Resources:
Connect with Chad on LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/czibelman/
The Sonder Project: thesonderproject.org
Grantsworks: www.grantsworksacademy.com/federal-grants-simplified
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/integrating-core-values
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Is organizational culture top of mind for your nonprofit? If it isn’t, it really should be. Special guest, Alissa Novoselick, explains exactly why in today’s podcast episode. She brings us her unique perspective as a modern CFO who prioritizes building a strong organizational culture because she sees just how much it impacts the nonprofit’s bottom line.
Alissa discusses how she created a finance department that plays a big role in building her organization's culture, instead of being seen as the “nay-sayers” with a bad rap, (something many of us in the nonprofit finance world are very familiar with). She gives listeners practical tips and strategies that nonprofit leaders can start implementing to build a strong culture and create an organization that people actually want to be a part of.
We also dive into what works well in a CEO-CFO relationship and how to better understand other members of the leadership team. Plus, different nonprofit trends impacting modern CFOs and how data and technology play a part in this role.
About Alissa:
With fifteen years of experience as a nonprofit executive, consultant, and educator, Alissa loves working with organizations and small businesses to develop healthy strategies and practices that give back tenfold. While her skills focus on finance and operations, what sets her apart are the educational values and governance principles woven into every aspect of her work.
Over the course of her career, she’s been called to serve multiple organizations and small businesses. And when a mass of leaders came to her in 2019 to ask for some support, she saw there was a need for genuine, trustworthy, and loyal collaboration from someone who can marry industry knowledge with an understanding of the day-to-day. Her practice in coaching and mentorship, technical assistance, and financial strategy among peer executive directors and small business owners blossomed. This all led her to Greater Impact — because, without a financial backbone, the most important programs, interventions, and products don’t get to the communities that need and deserve them the most.
Episode Summary:
In this episode, you’ll learn strategies for building a strong organizational culture including:
- Creating a participatory finance department (8:45)
- Intentionally building a culture that people want to be a part of (12:00)
- Practical strategies to build a strong organizational culture (13:45)
- Factoring in culture initiatives in your budget (16:30)
- What works well in a CEO-CFO relationship (20:40)
- Understanding other members of the leadership team on a deeper level (25:20)
- Nonprofit trends impacting modern CFOs (29:50)
- The role of technology and data in the role of a nonprofit CFO (38:55)
Teasers:
“But what I’ve found is just, there’s so much value in the co-creation of financial documents, instruments, things of that sort… to create a financially savvy culture, but also to move forward some bigger strategic initiatives.”
“We are all stewards of this mission and this organization, no matter where we sit in the org chart.”
“If you’ve got constant turnover in your organization, you are going to see that is going to impact your bottom line.”
“Culture is created through relationships, and if you are a leader of an organization in any capacity, you have the power to influence your team.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor!
This series is sponsored by Blackbaud, the essential software provider for the organizations and people who change the world. Blackbaud has been working with finance professionals at nonprofit and social good organizations for almost 40 years with its Blackbaud Financial Edge, NXT Fund, accounting software expertise, and services. You can streamline your financial operations, strengthen your accountability, and make data-driven decisions to increase your impact. To learn more, visit https://www.blackbaud.com/
Resources:
- Greater Impact’s Facebook Page: https://www.facebook.com/greaterimpactllc
- Greater Impact’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/greater-impactllc/
- Follow Empowerment Plan on Instagram: @empowermentplan
- Empowerment Plan’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/empowermentplan/
- Connect with Alissa on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/alissa-novoselick-mba-a1800b25/
- Blackbaud Nonprofit Accounting Software: https://www.blackbaud.com/
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/organizational-culture
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you on the nonprofit cash flow rollercoaster? Managing cash flow is one of the trickiest things for nonprofit leaders because so much of it is out of our control. And while it can feel dizzying to be on the constant up and down of cash coming in and going out, there are ways to manage.
In this episode, we dive into different strategies your organization can use to help better manage your cash flow like leveraging your strategic plan, keeping up to date with your bookkeeping, and putting better financial controls into place. We also discuss how you can diversify your revenue streams to help fill in the gaps during your cash flow “off seasons.”
While managing cash flow is a common struggle for organizations, there are resources out there to help. We explore different tools nonprofits can use to help them better plan and manage their finances, including a free cash flow forecast template.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In today's episode, you’ll learn practical tips and strategies for managing your nonprofit’s cash flow, including:
- Cash flow challenges (1:05)
- Why you should include cash flow management in your strategic plan (6:30)
- How to manage when your nonprofit is on a revenue rollercoaster (7:50)
- Why good bookkeeping is vital to your organization (12:10)
- Resources to help forecast cash flow (14:45)
- Strategies for diversifying your revenue (16:40)
- Strengthening financial controls (18:20)
Teasers
“Our revenue is solid, so why in the world does it feel so, so hard to make payroll?”
“There's a lot that's within our control, a lot beyond our control, but it all impacts our cash flow.”
“Often expenses just get out of control really quickly and so it takes some intention and some planning to make sure we're reigning them in.”
“You don't have to stare at a blank Excel sheet and freak out.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor, Grants Works!
With billions of dollars in federal grant funding available, now is the time to learn about how to apply for and manage federal grants from Patrice Davis, an expert who simplifies federal grants. Her Federal Grants Simplified Bootcamp is a six-week hybrid training that gives you the freedom to access on-demand training on your schedule and to attend live weekly Q&A sessions with Patrice. Plus, GrantsWorks is an ACFRE approved continuing education provider. Use code DEGREES for 10% off your registration.
Resources
Cash Flow Forecast Template: 100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Grantsworks: www.grantsworksacademy.com/federal-grants-simplified
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/nonprofit-cash-flow
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you looking for strategies to strengthen your donor relationships? Or how to overcome some of the many challenges nonprofits are facing today? In today’s episode, we chat with Dr. Mark Scott from the Oishei Foundation, an organization dedicated to strengthening and supporting nonprofits. We dive into how his organization provides support for nonprofits and discuss new demands and challenges nonprofits are facing around staffing shortages, competition with the corporate sector, and the struggle to find good help. Plus, Dr. Scott gives us some strategies to help overcome these obstacles.
He also talks about how nonprofits can be more realistic with their overhead costs when submitting grant proposals to funders and how to build better relationships with them. He gives great strategies for strengthening these donor relationships like taking small relationship-building actions over time and how this can help your organization succeed and better serve your community. This episode is full of practical tips nonprofit leaders can take action on today.
About Dr. Mark Scott:
Mark joined the Foundation in January 2022 to lead Oishei’s philanthropic support practice that is designed to strengthen and support the WNY nonprofit ecosystem. He works closely with Foundation staff to enhance the capacity and work of grantee organizations and community partners. He oversees the Foundation’s initiatives in leadership development, network building, and convening, most notably the Karen Lee Spaulding Oishei Fellowship for Leaders of Color, Community Conversations for Leaders of Color, and the Oishei Leader program.
Mark holds a Ph.D. in Organizational Leadership and Policy, an MBA from Niagara University, and a BS in Hotel, Restaurant, and Institutional Management from Cheyney University in Cheyney, Pennsylvania, the nation’s oldest Historically Black College & University (HBCU).
Episode Summary:
In this episode, you will learn strategies for strengthening donor relationships and overcoming obstacles in the nonprofit sector, like:
- Providing support for nonprofit organizations (8:20)
- Building capacity in your communities (12:05)
- New demands nonprofits are currently facing (15:00)
- Overcoming challenges of not being able to find good employees (18:35)
- Being realistic with overhead costs in grant proposals (22:45)
- Making the funding process easier (29:05)
- Tips for nonprofits to build better donor relationships (34:45)
Teasers:
“But what we are finding is that because nonprofits stepped up and they had become so heavily dependent on government resources during the COVID pandemic period, they have kind of lost their way.”
“Nonprofits really need unrestricted support.”
“People are doing nonprofit work and not being paid a living wage. So it's like helping to fight poverty, but being in poverty themselves because they're not making a living wage.”
“When we play with the ask, we perpetuate this vicious cycle of undercutting the work.”
“If you build that relationship over a period of time, and you don't always have to ask, the funder will see it.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor!
This series is sponsored by Blackbaud, the essential software provider for the organizations and people who change the world. Blackbaud has been working with finance professionals at nonprofit and social good organizations for almost 40 years with its Blackbaud Financial Edge, NXT Fund, accounting software expertise, and services. You can streamline your financial operations, strengthen your accountability, and make data-driven decisions to increase your impact. To learn more, visit https://www.blackbaud.com/
Resources:
- The OiShei Foundation https://oishei.org/
- Connect with Dr. Mark Scott on LinkedIn: http://linkedin.com/in/dr-mark-j-scott-6a8a058
- Blackbaud Nonprofit Accounting Software: https://www.blackbaud.com/
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/donor-relationships
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Are you maximizing your nonprofit’s impact? What if I told you the key to doing just that was data? Sounds complicated, right? Well, it’s not as complex as it seems. Our special guest, Triana Urraca, breaks down the strategies she’s used to help countless nonprofits maximize their organization’s impact using data.
She dives into the different types of data she uses and how she implements data collection systems. Triana also shares with us how most of the data she uses is often what organizations already have on hand. Plus, she discusses just how important it is for nonprofits to continuously analyze their systems so that they can make informed decisions that drive further impact for the communities they serve.
We also talk about how organizations can shift the way they think about data and look at it as a way to improve our nonprofit and make impactful decisions. Triana even gives examples of how organizations with data-driven cultures get more funding. This episode is a game-changer!
About Triana
As CEO of Data Systems Simplified, Triana utilizes almost 15 years of experience working for nonprofits in data and evaluation roles to coach nonprofit clients in creating sustainable data systems and putting a strategy in place to maximize and demonstrate their impact. Triana also serves as the Consultant Director of Evaluation at Read Alliance, a literacy nonprofit in NY and PA. In a previous position, she led the data management of a professional development program for hundreds of K-12 educators across 30 states.
In her work, Triana has designed automated dashboards that visualize data in real-time for over 10,000 survey responses. She has produced data results and analysis for six-figure grants from organizations such as Carnegie Corporation of New York and the Michael & Susan Dell Foundation. Triana holds a B.A. in Psychology, an M.P.A. in Nonprofit Management, and a Certificate in Data Visualization, all from New York University. In addition, she completed the Harvard Graduate School of Education’s Strategic Data Project Institute for Leadership in Analytics and is a Certified Tableau Desktop Specialist.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In today's episode, you’ll learn the importance of using data to maximize your nonprofit’s impact including:
- Data beyond finances (8:45)
- Strategically using existing data (12:05)
- Using your current systems and processes more effectively (15:55)
- The three Cs of data (18:00)
- Basing organizational decisions on data-driven results (21:05)
- Changing the way we think about data (25:10)
- Why organizations need to continuously update their data collection systems (30:00)
- Who can implement data systems in their organization (34:00)
- How a data-driven culture leads to more funding (36:05)
Teasers
“I think a lot of times there's a pressure to just measure everything under the sun.”
“You're probably not using whatever you have, even if it's a spreadsheet, you're probably not using what you have as effectively as you could be.”
“What makes you think that a new, you're actually gonna use a new system if you don't use the one that you already have?”
“Every organization needs to be looking at their data in this very strategic way.”
“You don't have to have like a full-time data analyst on the team. This can be somebody that's involved in programs with a portion of their time dedicated to data. Anyone can learn this, understand the strategy, and work to analyze the data to help the organization.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor, Grants Works!
With billions of dollars in federal grant funding available, now is the time to learn about how to apply for and manage federal grants from Patrice Davis, an expert who simplifies federal grants. Her Federal Grants Simplified Bootcamp is a six-week hybrid training that gives you the freedom to access on-demand training on your schedule and to attend live weekly Q&A sessions with Patrice. Plus, GrantsWorks is an ACFRE approved continuing education provider. Use code DEGREES for 10% off your registration.
Resources
- Data Systems Simplified: https://www.datasystemssimplified.com/meeting
- Connect with Triana on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/trianau/
- Grantsworks: www.grantsworksacademy.com/federal-grants-simplified
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/impact-with-data
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Nonprofit leaders, how are you setting up your new leaders for success? What strategies do you have in place to ensure they come into the organization strong? And arguably more importantly, how are you ensuring your new leaders keep a good momentum without burning out?
In today’s episode, we have two very special guests, Ivan Gilreath and Deena Terry. Ivan and Deena work together as the CEO and CFO of the Boys and Girls Club of Greater Scottsdale. They give us their “secrets” for a successful CEO-CFO working relationship and how their dynamic works day in and day out in the organization. They also discuss nonprofit trends and why it’s important to run a nonprofit like a business.
Plus, Ivan tells us exactly how he set Deena up for success when she came on as the CFO after what felt like a revolving door of CFOs before his time as CEO at the organization. Now, Ivan and Deena have been working together as a team for over two years, so their dynamic is still going strong, and their nonprofit is reaping the benefits of it.
About Ivan and Deena
Ivan, the Boys & Girls Clubs of Greater Scottsdale (BGCS) CEO, has two decades of corporate executive experience including success in strategic planning, growth, and community engagement. He served for 10 years as President and CEO of Boys & Girls Clubs of The Midlands. Prior to that, he spent five years as President of ING’s Employee Benefits Division and 20 years in Mutual of Omaha’s Group Insurance Division.
Deena, the BGCS CFO, has worked in partnership with Ivan for two years. She has a wealth of nonprofit experience, and has spent her entire career in a number of different nonprofit organizations. Between the two of them, they have seen it all.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In today's episode, you’ll learn the importance of a good working CEO-CFO relationship and how to set your new leaders up for success.
- Changes in the nonprofit sector (9:00)
- How nonprofit funding has changed (13:20)
- Consequences of not having diversified funding (18:40)
- Using technology to further fundraising (20:05)
- Making data-informed decisions (21:45)
- The dynamics of a CEO-CFO working relationship (23:05)
- Setting your CFO for success (26:50)
- Nonprofit leadership trends (30:35)
- Why it’s important to run a nonprofit like a business (34:05)
Teasers
“We've become programmatically, even a better organization because during the pandemic we had to figure out different ways to deliver our programming than what we used to do before the pandemic.”
“Just because we're called nonprofits doesn't mean that we should have $0 left over at the end of the year. We should not be spending every single dollar that comes in the door.”
“You really can't do any aspect of this job correctly without good data.”
“It's so important when organizations are thinking about bringing a CFO on or bringing another leader on to really ask themselves, ‘Okay, do we have the capacity to set them up for success.’”
“Nonprofits are held to the same standards as for profits today.”
“Being a good businessman also makes you a good steward because you're not just taking that money for granted and throwing it at whatever you're thinking about.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor!
This series is sponsored by Blackbaud, the essential software provider for the organizations and people who change the world. Blackbaud has been working with finance professionals at nonprofit and social good organizations for almost 40 years with its Blackbaud Financial Edge, NXT Fund, accounting software expertise, and services. You can streamline your financial operations, strengthen your accountability, and make data-driven decisions to increase your impact. To learn more, visit https://www.blackbaud.com/
Resources:
- Boys and Girls Club of Greater Scottsdale: https://bgcs.org/donate/
- Connect with Ivan on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ivan-gilreath-58b1176/
- Blackbaud Nonprofit Accounting Software: https://www.blackbaud.com/
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/new-leader-success
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
What processes does your nonprofit have in place to mitigate risks, ensure compliance, most importantly safeguard your precious assets? In this podcast episode, Stephanie discusses what internal controls are and why it’s important to have them in place… to safeguard your precious assets.
She has seen all too many times the consequences organizations face when they do not have these procedures in place. And no, it’s not just because an auditor “dinged” the organization for not having these policies. Unfortunately, she’s seen much worse. The good news?! You don’t have to be one of those horror stories, because you’re going to tune into this podcast and learn all the things about internal controls, like…
…the four most important types of internal controls: financial, fraud protection, cybersecurity, and conflicts of interest. Plus, strategies to implement these policies in your nonprofit and how to communicate procedures with your board members and staff. Hint: It’s not creating the policy, filing it into a drawer, and never looking at it again. (And if you’ve done this in the past, there is zero judgment. However, there is a better way!)
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary:
In today's episode, you’ll learn strategies for safeguarding your assets by using internal controls, including:
- What internal controls are (1:05)
- Financial management and controls (3:55)
- Fraud prevention and protection (6:45)
- Cybersecurity and data protection (10:30)
- Conflicts of interest (12:45)
- Sharing internal control policies with your team (16:00)
- Resources for training your board (18:50)
Teasers:
“We have a responsibility as nonprofit organizations to safeguard our assets and to safeguard the money that has been entrusted to us by our donors, by our funders, and we need to have the appropriate controls and rules in place to make sure that everything is safe.”
“Making sure that you've got two people in every step of that process is really helpful for having a solid internal control.”
“If this [cybersecurity] is not in your budget for next year, I would do some research and put it in your budget.”
“It's always this continuous improvement process.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor, GrantsWorks!
With billions of dollars in federal grant funding available, now is the time to learn about how to apply for and manage federal grants from Patrice Davis, an expert who simplifies federal grants. Her Federal Grants Simplified Bootcamp is a six week hybrid training that gives you the freedom to access on-demand training on your schedule and to attend live weekly Q&A sessions with Patrice. Plus, GrantsWorks is an ACFRE approved continuing education provider. Use code DEGREES for 10% off your registration.
Resources
- Grantsworks: www.grantsworksacademy.com/federal-grants-simplified
- Master Your Nonprofit Numbers: 100degreesconsulting.com/nonprofitnumbers
- Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
- Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
- Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
- Visit the podcast page: http://100degreesconsulting.com/internal-controls
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Is your nonprofit struggling with building a diverse leadership team? Are you facing difficulty when it comes to attracting and retaining top talent? Are you finding it hard to compete with the corporate sector? These are all common challenges within the nonprofit sector, but you’re in luck!
Our guest today, Jailan Adly is an expert on nonprofit leadership talent search. She’s helped countless organizations build successful diverse leadership teams by finding top talent for nonprofits. On today’s episode, she dives into the challenges many nonprofits face in their talent search, how to set both candidates and organizations up for success, and strategies for building a safe environment. She also discusses why she thinks CFOs are one of the most challenging roles to fill and what nuances come with attracting a nonprofit CFO.
Plus, Jailan gives practical tips for job seekers in the nonprofit sector and how both job seekers and organizations can leverage technology. And most importantly, she discusses how a diverse and proximate leadership team can make huge strides in decolonizing the nonprofit world.
About Jailan
Jailan Adly is a seasoned social impact executive and strategist with experience navigating organizations through pivotal transitions and periods of growth. Jailan leads GoodCitizen’s East Coast hub and supports the organization’s business development and strategic initiatives. Jailan joined GoodCitizen to help social sector organizations find extraordinary leaders to move the needle forward on complex challenges.
She holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree from George Washington University and has spent her entire career forging mutually beneficial partnerships between diverse stakeholders from the private, public, and social sectors to build the capacity of impact-driven initiatives, individuals, and organizations. Through her work with PYXERA Global and Taproot Foundation, she supported numerous corporate social responsibility programs for Fortune 500 companies including IBM, Novartis, SAP, MetLife, John Deere, and Medtronic in more than 20 countries. She has created and led global fluency workshops to prepare business professionals to provide high-caliber consulting services to enterprises, entrepreneurs, and NGOs in emerging and frontier markets.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
On today’s episode, you’ll learn how to attract and retain top nonprofit talent by setting candidates and the current leadership team up for success including:
- Challenges nonprofits are facing with talent search in the post-covid world (3:55)
- Setting up candidates and organizations up for success (6:00)
- Things to consider when attracting and retaining top talent (9:45)
- Strategies for providing a safe and successful environment for new leaders (14:00)
- The nuances of a nonprofit CFO role (18:30)
- Why it’s important to assess the skills and leadership styles of the executive team in the search process (23:10)
- How tech plays a role in the search for nonprofit leaders (27:00)
- Advice for job seekers in the nonprofit sector (29:45)
- Strategically using ChatGPT (34:45)
- How proximate leadership helps decolonize the nonprofit world (39:40)
Teasers
“I think there's a tendency to kind of fast forward to, ‘Well if we just hire diverse candidates, we'll be okay.” But if the organizations don't actually do the work, oftentimes they're setting candidates of color up for failure.”
“I think there's a conversation and a discussion that needs to be had sector-wide, right? Where the folks who are arguably dealing with the most stress, 'cause they're on the ground doing the work, are yet nowhere near as paid as those deciding who gets the funding because of where the money is held in.”
“The advice I would give candidates in the non-profit sector and, and frankly, in any sector is: get really clear on not just the issue areas you want to work in, but the function area that you want to work in as well.”
“A prosperous nonprofit is one that has its eye on the ultimate outcome of the impact.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor!
This series is sponsored by Blackbaud, the essential software provider for the organizations and people who change the world. Blackbaud has been working with finance professionals at nonprofit and social good organizations for almost 40 years with its Blackbaud Financial Edge, NXT Fund, accounting software expertise, and services. You can streamline your financial operations, strengthen your accountability, and make data-driven decisions to increase your impact. To learn more, visit https://www.blackbaud.com/
Resources
Connect with Jailan on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jailanadly/
Check out Good Citizen’s website: https://www.goodcitizen.com/
Blackbaud Nonprofit Accounting Software: https://www.blackbaud.com/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/diverse-leadership-team
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Nonprofit leaders, are you seeing a trend of trust-based philanthropy in your organization? Have you seen an uptick in unrestricted funds? Maybe you’re searching for innovative ideas to use this funding. If so, you’re in the right place! In today's episode, I chat with Kelsey Vatsaas, a nonprofit industry expert who is the managing principal of the national nonprofit industry at CLA, a top 10 professional services firm.
Kelsey dives into getting unrestricted funds from the employee retention tax credit, how you can qualify for the credit, and strategies for pursuing these tax credits. She also discusses questions to ask your accounting firm and how to spot red flags of predatory firms.
Plus, we talk about nonprofit trends like the uptick in trust-based philanthropy across organizations and how organizations are using these funds in an innovative and unique way. Kelsey tells us about some challenges she’s seen with unrestricted funds, how to overcome them, and gives recommendations for nonprofits that receive federal grants.
About Kelsey Vatsaas
Kelsey is the managing principal of the national nonprofit industry at CLA, a top 10 professional services firm. Over her career at CLA, Kelsey has been a nonprofit auditor, strategic consultant, and consulting CFO. In her current role, Kelsey works to bring the firm’s national resources, teams, and experiences to over 10,000 nonprofits for whom CLA provides a variety of services.
Read the podcast transcript here.
Episode Summary
In today's episode, you’ll learn strategies for evaluating your accounting firm, understanding employee retention tax credits and government funding, plus innovative ways to use trust-based philanthropy funds.
- Getting unrestricted funds through employee retention tax credits (6:00)
- How to qualify for retention tax credits (10:50)
- Avoiding predatory accounting firms (11:45)
- Red flags to avoid (17:15)
- Steps you can take to pursue employee retention credits (21:00)
- Trends in nonprofit funding (27:00)
- What trust-based philanthropy is (29:30)
- Innovative ways organizations are using unrestricted funds (30:15)
- Challenges with trust-based philanthropy (34:15)
- Recommendations for nonprofits receiving federal funding (38:20)
Teasers
“I've got a client I'm working with right now who's got seven employees and that organization is eligible for retention tax credits. They are going to get $300,000 worth of credits, which is actual money in the bank.”
“Let's make sure an organization's a good organization, but then let's trust their leadership to do what they need to with that money. I love that.”
“You're seeing that organizations when presented with this large, unrestricted gift are choosing to invest it back into the organization, back into their people.”
“If you are thinking about getting into the world of federal grants and there's a lot of money available and it can be really transformational for your organization. Just make sure you have the right systems in place first so that you're not having to go back and try and redo work and recreate things, after you already have this money.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor, Grants Works!
With billions of dollars in federal grant funding available, now is the time to learn about how to apply for and manage federal grants from Patrice Davis, an expert who simplifies federal grants. Her Federal Grants Simplified Bootcamp is a six week hybrid training that gives you the freedom to access on-demand training on your schedule and to attend live weekly Q&A sessions with Patrice. Plus, GrantsWorks is an ACFRE approved continuing education provider. Use code DEGREES for 10% off your registration.
Resources
Connect with Kelsey on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kvatsaas/
Check out CLA’s website: https://blogs.claconnect.com/nonprofitinnovation/
Grantsworks: www.grantsworksacademy.com/federal-grants-simplified
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: 100degreesconsulting.com/trust-based-philanthropy
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing
Institutional Fundraising and Empowering Your Nonprofit with Ash Rogers
Is your nonprofit achieving its institutional fundraising goals? What about empowering team members through its leadership structure? Did you know these things can actually go hand in hand? We are so excited for today’s episode with Ash Rogers, where she dives into institutional fundraising and decolonized leadership structure and talks about tons of practical tips and strategies.
She tells us how she helped to transform her organization’s leadership structure into a decolonized model, how this benefits and empowers team members, as well as challenges many organizations need to overcome. Ash discusses just how this decolonized structure has helped empower her organization across several areas, including fundraising.
We dive into institutional fundraising and the impact it has on nonprofits. Ash gives us strategies for attracting these large donors, as well as how to push back, handle disagreements with funders, and even say no to bad money. She also speaks to the importance of long-term strategic planning and how she and her co-CEO work together to achieve the organization’s goals.
About Ash
Ash Rogers is Co-Chief Executive Officer of Lwala Community Alliance. Lwala matches community-led change with university-backed research and evaluation to advance quality health for all. Ash has overseen a 14-fold increase in annual revenue, exponential reach of the model, increased diversity in board membership, and publication of many peer-reviewed studies.
Prior to Lwala, Ash was the Director of Operations at Segal Family Foundation, overseeing a $12m portfolio of 180 grantees. Ash is a Global Health Corps alum and has worked with organizations including Komo Learning Centres and HELP International. Ash serves as a board member of the Community Health Impact Coalition, Orkeeswa School and Komo Learning Centres. The through line of Ash's work is shifting power and money so that local leaders go from local impact to system-level change. Ash holds a Master of Public Administration from the University of Washington and a BA in Political Science from Brigham Young University.
Episode Summary
On today’s episode, you’ll learn how you can boost your organization’s institutional fundraising and empower your leadership team including:
- How Ash helped restructure Lwala’s leadership structure(7:00)
- What a decolonized leadership model looks like (8:30)
- Benefits and challenges of a decolonized leadership structure (11:30)
- Developing a fundraising strategy as a co-CEO (13:55)
- One of the best tactical ways to find funders (17:10)
- Strategies for attracting large donors (20:00)
- How to handle disagreements with funders (21:50)
- Saying no to bad money (26:00)
- Overcoming challenges of transformational giving (28:10)
- Long-term strategic planning for fundraising (31:30)
Teasers
“Everything's a co-decision. That sounds real tough. I feel like the best analogy is a marriage where you have some separate responsibilities.”
“I think funders also are people who often deeply care about this work and have their own technical knowledge and experience and they want to engage in real conversations.”
“I think it's really important to be able to engage with people, to tell them when you disagree, to have debates with them about real ideas. I think people can feel the authenticity of that.”
“You need to have your own kind of boundaries and parameters about the money that you'll take.”
“It doesn't have to be expensive and detailed and cumbersome to be able to put together this big vision that then you can share that can help advance your fundraising and your revenue generation, conversations, and activities.”
Huge thank you to our sponsor!
This series is sponsored by Blackbaud, the essential software provider for the organizations and people who change the world. Blackbaud has been working with finance professionals at nonprofit and social good organizations for almost 40 years with its Blackbaud Financial Edge, NXT Fund, accounting software expertise, and services. You can streamline your financial operations, strengthen your accountability, and make data-driven decisions to increase your impact. To learn more, visit https://www.blackbaud.com/
Resources
Connect with Ash on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/asrogers/
Check out Lwala’s website: https://lwala.org/
Blackbaud Nonprofit Accounting Software: https://www.blackbaud.com/
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/institutional-fundraising
Want more of the podcast?
New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast.
Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode!
Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing
Is your nonprofit financially healthy? If you’re thinking, “Well, what exactly does financially healthy even mean?” Then, you’re in the right place! On today’s podcast episode, Stephanie covers everything you need to know about your organization’s financial health, sustainability, and how to make improvements so you can continue to have a lasting impact on the communities you serve.
She breaks down the seven financial metrics your nonprofit should be tracking, common pain points in organizations, and strategies for overcoming financial obstacles and increasing sustainability. Plus, a super simple way to find things your organization is paying for, but no longer using, helping you cut down on costs.
Stephanie also dives into the number one thing most strategic plans are missing, and why it can be detrimental to a nonprofit’s sustainability. As well as the critical role building and fostering relationships plays in an organization’s financial health. She has helped countless nonprofits understand where they are in terms of financial health and how to elevate the way they are managing their finances. Now she’s sharing her wealth of knowledge (pun intended) with you!
Episode Summary:
On today’s episode, you’ll learn how you can boost your nonprofit’s financial health including:
- The best way to figure out if your nonprofit is sustainable (2:55)
- How to calculate your metrics (5:10)
- Why your budget shouldn’t always be “break-even” (8:30)
- Where you can find templates and tools you need to enhance the way you're managing your organization's money (15:00)
- Seven things you can do to turn your organization into a financially healthy one (16:00)
- The number one thing most strategic plans are missing (17:10)
- A major pain point in most organizations (22:15)
- How relationships play a key role in the financial health of your organization (26:45)
- Recap of the financial metrics you need to be measuring (30:50
Teasers:
“For better or for worse, we as nonprofit organizations are rated on the way that we are spending our money.”
“Just understanding your asset composition is an important place to start on your balance sheet.”
“We need to know exactly where we are right now so we can make good strategic decisions as to what to change.”
“I can almost guarantee that you are gonna find some unused subscription, something you're paying for that you didn't really need anymore.”
Resources:
FREE Financial Health Calculator: https://100degreesconsulting.com/health
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: http://100degreesconsulting.com/nonprofit-financial-health
Process Improvement: Why Change Isn’t Always a Bad Thing
Nonprofit leaders, when is the last time you did a process improvement audit for your organization? Does just the thought of it make you cringe or give you all the thoughts of overwhelm? If so, fear not! Today, you’re in luck because we have a special guest, Margaret Chapman, who is an expert in implementing strategic and meaningful changes in nonprofit backend processes. She’s going to break down some strategies for us and give us a wealth of information starting with strategic planning.
Margaret shares with us strategies for making your strategic plan a tactical document your organization will actually use, instead of putting it together once every three years, shoving it in a closet, and never looking at it again. If this is your organization, there is no judgment here! It happens a lot more often than you think. That’s why we are so excited to dive into process improvement for backend systems with Margaret!
About Margaret
Margaret Chapman, MBA, MA, CNAP has spent the last 20 years of her career helping organizations with their finance, operations, fundraising and overall programmatic strategy. From national candidates and multi-billion dollar nonprofits to small start-ups, she leverages what’s unique about each group to ensure they are able to leap to the next phase in their growth.
Specifically, Margaret focuses on using strategic planning methods in building robust back office systems that fit the needs of the organization. Rethinking staffing, accounting, and operational structures are her specialty.
Throughout her career, Margaret has worked to make financial analysis, processes, and all things money approachable for all audiences. Dealing with numbers is often anxiety-producing but Margaret translates finance-speak into easily understandable concepts and practices that every organization can efficiently implement and feel confident in sharing.
Episode Summary
On today’s episode, you’ll learn how you can improve your organization’s strategic planning and backend processes including:
- Common challenges nonprofits are seeing right now (12:55)
- What components your strategic plan needs to have to be a successful, tactical document (16:00)
- One of the most common missing pieces of a nonprofit strategic plan (18:00)
- One strategy for getting the bigger picture of what is going on in the organization (22:50)
- Proven strategies for managing change in an organization (27:00)
- What happens when you empower your team members (30:00)
- Creating a culture of improvement (36:05)
Teasers
“I think strategic planning is a lot more about what you're not doing oftentimes than what you are doing.”
“I'm not sure that we could get any more inefficient than that, having someone physically drive checks across the city for a signature. But that's the way that they had always done it.”
“Change is hard, even if it's a change that we know will probably improve our lives and our ability to do our work.”
“It's really engaging the people who are having to do it every day and saying, what are your ideas for how to do this better?”
“This is how we've always done it is not always a bad thing. I think the key is to continuously review and continuously think about is there a way that we could iterate and make this better, or is this process working really well?”
Resources
Follow Margaret on Instagram: @jamstrategies
Keep up with Margaret on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/JaMStrategies
Connect with Margaret on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/margaret-chapman-mba/
Check out Margaret’s website: https://jamstrategies.com/
FREE Cash Forecast Spreadsheet: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Keep up to date with the podcast: @100degreesconsulting
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/process-improvement
Participatory Budgeting: How to Create Your Best Budget Yet
Nonprofit leaders, are you looking for a better way to budget this year? A process that actually builds morale instead of squashing it? Sounds too good to be true, right? It doesn’t have to be! In this episode, Stephanie discusses the participatory, or collaborative, budgeting process. She does a deep dive into what exactly participatory budgeting is, and equally, if not more importantly, what it is NOT. Hint: it is NOT a free-for-all.
Participatory budgeting is an innovative way for nonprofits to include their team in a process that has often been part of a power dynamic in organizations. This approach helps leaders to dismantle this power structure present in the organization where one party holds all the money and the power. It’s also an excellent way to boost morale and buy-in as well as encourage accountability and transparency.
While collaborative budgeting is an excellent strategy for nonprofits to implement, that’s not to say it doesn’t come with its challenges. Stephanie has worked with countless nonprofits throughout this process and has seen her fair share of the challenges they face. With her expertise and guidance, she has helped these nonprofits overcome these obstacles. Now, she’s sharing these proven strategies with you!
EPISODE SUMMARY
On today’s episode, you’ll learn strategies to help you create a more collaborative budgeting process including:
- What participatory budgeting is (5:00)
- What participatory budgeting is NOT (7:05)
- What to do before putting a single number on a spreadsheet (9:00)
- How to include team members in the budgeting process (11:45)
- How to avoid getting back 15 different spreadsheets that all look differently (13:00)
- How to keep morale high during this process (15:15)
- Challenges with participatory budgeting (18:45)
- Creating a line item wish list (21:30)
- Tips for making participatory budgeting successful (23:00)
TEASERS
“Nobody knows those line items in those departmental budgets better than the people who are actually running those programs.”
“What is most important here is transparency.”
“What we need to take away from this is that not every single thing that people suggest and people want is going to happen.”
“We are actively working to dismantle the innate power structure present in the organization where one party holds all the money and the power.”
“We want to have more meaningful dialogue organization-wide on the direction that the organization is going.”
RESOURCES
FREE Cash Forecast Spreadsheet: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Follow Stephanie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Connect with Stephanie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephanieskryzowski/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/participatory-budgeting
Using Storytelling to Speak to Your Donors and Hit Your Fundraising Goals
Are you looking for ways to hit your fundraising goals and nail your donor communication? You’re in luck! In this special bonus episode, Jess Campbell lays it all out, step-by-step.
Jess Campbell is the founder of Out in the Boons, a small shop helping nonprofits discover donors in their email list. She has been a nonprofit fundraiser for 18 years and has raised over $17M+ working from New York to California in organizations big and small. She is also the founder of The Raise More Together Summit which to date has educated more than 3,000 nonprofit leaders and fundraisers.
Before starting Out in the Boons, Jess was the Director of Development for LIFT-LA, a national organization that empowers families to break the cycle of poverty.
Jess has an undergraduate degree from The University of Colorado-Boulder (go Buffs!) in Communication and a Masters degree in Nonprofit Management from The New School in NYC. She currently lives in Southern California with her husband, 6 year-old daughter and their rescue pup, Billy. Come find her on Instagram @outintheboons_.
EPISODE SUMMARY
On today’s episode, you’ll learn how to leverage email to hit your fundraising goals, including:
- How you can use storytelling in your fundraising efforts in an authentic, genuine, sensitive, and ethical way (10:00)
- Why you should tell your story over and over again (14:00)
- What should fundraisers be thinking about right now to prep for year end goals (16:00)
- Where you can get solid fundraising information and expertise from real nonprofits doing the work (21:50)
- Why Giving Tuesday should not be the only thing on your mind going into Q4 (30:10)
- How to free up your time and energy to meet one on one with donors (32:50)
- How to use storytelling with financials and translating numbers into impact (38:00)
“I've literally had donors after several meetings or getting to know them, be like, ‘We're considering a million dollar gift.’”
“The other thing I think nonprofits really miss is that you can tell the same version of the story over and over again… you could tell that story every hour of every day and your readers will never, ever, ever get bored.”
“As a fundraiser, I’ve found that the most impactful stories I tell are the ones that infuse the numbers.”
RESOURCES
Keep up to date with the podcast on Instagram: @100degreesconsulting
Connect with Stephanie on Instagram: @stephanie.skry
Visit the podcast page: http://100degreesconsulting.com/creating-winning-fundraising-email-campaigns
Where to find Jess online:
Instagram: @outintheboons_
Website: www.outintheboons.me
Raise More Summit: www.raisemoretogether.co
Grab your tickets for the Raise More Summit for only $27!
You’ll hear from nonprofit experts on topics like:
- Messaging, branding, and marketing
- Combining storytelling and financials to make an impact
- How to raise $500,000 by December 31st
- Getting visible on LinkedIn
- AI and ChatGPT
- And so much more!
Unlock the secrets of sustainable growth in the fast-paced nonprofit sector in our groundbreaking podcast episode featuring Diane Leonard, a veteran in Agile, Scrum, and grant management.
- Discover how implementing Agile methodologies and Scrum principles can drastically increase your organization's efficiency and adaptability, transforming your daily operations.
- Learn about the Grant Life Cycle, a streamlined process that simplifies the daunting grant management tasks and sets your organization up for continuous funding success.
- Dive deep into strategies for building a supportive community, overcoming resistance to change, and promoting an environment of well-being, essential for any thriving nonprofit organization.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/using-the-agile-framework-in-nonprofits/
Unlock the secret to a thriving nonprofit organization in our latest podcast episode, where we dive into the profound impact of team retreats!
- Discover how retreats can fuel both personal and professional growth within your team.
- Learn from our experience on how to balance relaxation, engagement, and learning during a retreat.
- Unearth the transformative power a retreat can have on your organization's connection to its mission.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/behind-the-scenes-of-our-annual-team-retreat/
Discover a roadmap to nonprofit success in this enlightening exploration of strategic partnerships, revenue diversity, and the power of transparency with Global Glimpse's trailblazing leader, Eliza Pesuit.
- Uncover the art of forming strategic partnerships without relying on high-profile board connections, solving the challenge of resource constraints while enhancing your organization's reach and impact.
- Learn the secret behind building a diverse revenue portfolio, breaking away from financial instability, and setting your organization on the path of sustainable growth.
- Gain insights into fostering a culture of transparency, enhancing team cohesion and support for critical decision-making, and combating patriarchal systems in your organization.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/building-lasting-corporate-partnerships/
Unlock the secrets to a smoother audit process with our latest podcast episode, packed with practical tips to transform your nonprofit organization's financial health.
- Discover step-by-step strategies to prepare for, navigate through, and leverage post-audit learnings.
- Gain in-depth understanding of the crucial role a management letter plays and how to use it for continuous improvement.
- Learn how to build a robust finance team to facilitate the audit process and enhance your organization's financial practices.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Grab your free audit guide: http://www.100degreesconsulting.com/stress-free-audit
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/how-to-ensure-your-nonprofit-audit-is-smooth-as-butter/
Discover the transformative secret at the intersection of data-driven decisions and people metrics in nonprofit success in this eye-opening podcast episode where you'll learn:
- The unconventional journey of a ballerina turned CEO who revolutionized the nonprofit sector through the strategic use of data analytics and her unique insight into the overlooked human element in nonprofits.
- The importance and implementation of people-oriented metrics alongside financial and programmatic KPIs in driving sustainable success, and the real cost of employee turnover in your organization.
- How a people-centric approach, intertwined with simplified and automated data analytics processes, can revolutionize your strategic decision-making, enhance your financial health, and amplify the impact of your mission.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/how-data-can-improve-your-bottom-line/
In today's episode, we are taking the mystery out of the audit process, transforming what may seem like a daunting task into a powerful tool for your organization.
You won't want to miss this episode, as we'll be:
- Debunking the myth of audits being a threat, and revealing how they can be a significant opportunity for growth and improvement.
- Unpacking the criteria for audits and the benefits they bring, including boosting your organization's credibility and unlocking new funding sources.
- Sharing tips on choosing the right auditor, building productive relationships with them, and transforming audit preparation from a stressful ordeal into a smooth, year-round process.
So, even if you're someone who's been dreading your audit and this topic sounds worse than getting a tooth pulled, we encourage you to tune in. We're confident that by the end of the episode, you'll see audits in a whole new light!
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Grab your free audit guide: http://www.100degreesconsulting.com/stress-free-audit
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/the-nonprofit-audit-how-to-set-yourself-up-for-success/
Tap into the transformative insights of Kailee Scales, the trailblazing CEO of Pencils of Promise, in our latest podcast episode - a goldmine for nonprofit leaders!"
Discover how Kailee turned fundraising from a task into a force for societal transformation.
Learn about Kailee's 'abundance mindset' and how it can revolutionize your approach to resource mobilization.
Unlock the power of storytelling and collaboration in creating a more effective and inclusive organization.
Keep up to date with the podcast:https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Connect with Kailee:https://www.instagram.com/kaileescales
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/stop-settling-for-crumbs-in-nonprofit-fundraising/
Welcome to another episode of 'The Prosperous Nonprofit,' where we delve into an unlikely source of wisdom on nonprofit donor engagement - my recent trip to the dentist!
Discover how a unique dental experience provided surprising insights into building more impactful and genuine relationships with your donors.
Learn about the vital components of a donor's journey, from the first touchpoint to a thoughtful departure, and how it can revolutionize your donor engagement strategies.
Get ready to challenge your current approach as we uncover the secret behind creating an exceptional donor experience, all inspired by a visit to the dentist's office!
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Grab your freebie:100degreesconsulting.com/health
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/how-to-create-a-donor-customer-experience-journey-to-rave-about/
Ready to revolutionize your nonprofit leadership strategy? Tune into our latest podcast episode where we sit down with Rachel Bearbower, the founder of Small Shop Strategies. Known for her innovative thinking and practical tools, Rachel is empowering leaders just like you to navigate the nonprofit landscape with finesse.
- Dive into Rachel's 'Sprouted Method' and discover the path to sustained impact. From pausing and planning to fueling the flame and harvesting results, you'll gain insights into creating daily habits that matter.
- Learn how to build stronger donor relationships that go beyond financial transactions. Rachel unveils how to cultivate connections with shared values for long-term partnership and impact.
- Uncover the role of technology and automation in the nonprofit sector. Rachel shares practical ways to invest in technology that can save your organization time and resources, and reach a wider audience.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Connect with Rachel: https://www.instagram.com/smallshopstrategies/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/how-to-ditch-overwhelm-as-a-nonprofit-leader/
Grab your freebie: 100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Tune in to as we unravel the secrets of securing federal grants for your nonprofit, featuring a conversation with Patrice Davis, the mastermind behind GrantsWorks.
- Discover why a dedicated grant manager can be your secret weapon in the quest for federal grants, orchestrating all requirements and boosting your chances of success.
- Unearth the method to pinpoint federal agencies that resonate with your mission, equipping you with tactical strategies to gear up for promising grant opportunities.
- Grasp the key elements of laying a robust groundwork before venturing into grant applications, highlighting the significance of diverse revenue sources, an engaged board, and strategic investment in expertise and training.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/ Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/ Connect with Patrice: https://www.instagram.com/readysetgoconsult/
Visit the podcast page:https://100degreesconsulting.com/?p=9382 Grab your freebie: 100degreesconsulting.com/health
Discover how the right CFO can be the driving force behind your nonprofit's financial success. In this episode, we share key insights into the role of a nonprofit CFO, including their ability to engage with stakeholders, identify patterns and trends, and plan for different scenarios. Join us on this journey to learn how to find the ideal candidate for this critical role and build a prosperous nonprofit that can make a lasting impact.
- Uncover the essential responsibilities of a nonprofit CFO that can make all the difference in achieving financial stability and success.
- Discover the crucial qualities to look for in your search for the ideal CFO candidate.
- Explore the importance of effective communication and storytelling in the interview process, and learn how to hire a CFO who can take your nonprofit to the next level.
Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Visit the podcast page:https://100degreesconsulting.com/the-role-of-a-nonprofit-cfo Grab your freebie: 100degreesconsulting.com/health
Unlock the secrets to smarter grant writing in our latest podcast episode, featuring grant writing guru Meredith Noble, and transform your nonprofit's grant writing experience:
• Overcome the challenges of securing funding with a diverse, balanced strategy tailored for nonprofit success
• Master the art of grant writing and become a grant writing unicorn, utilizing cutting-edge techniques to outshine the competition
• Empower your nonprofit by investing in employee development, fostering a prosperous organization that effectively tackles grant writing pain points Keep up to date with the podcast: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/ Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Connect with Meredith: https://www.instagram.com/meredith.noble Grab your freebie: www.100degreesconsulting.com/health
https://100degreesconsulting.com/building-a-balanced-funding-strategy-and-becoming-a-grant-writing-unicorn-for-a-prosperous-nonprofit/
Are you ready to take your organization to the next level? Join us for an exciting episode where we'll guide you through the process of building a powerhouse finance team.
Get ready to discover:
The crucial roles of a skilled bookkeeper, visionary CFO, and expert accountant that will keep your financial health in check
How versatile middle-ground roles can bridge the gap and keep your team running like a well-oiled machine
Insider tips for finding top talent with the right analytical skills and experience to create a solid financial foundation for your nonprofit
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/building-your-nonprofit-finance-dream-team/
Connect with 100 Degrees Consulting: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/ Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/ Grab your freebie: www.100degreesconsulting.com/health
Unleash the secrets to making your nonprofit thrive without sacrificing your team's well-being with our guest, Tucker Wannamaker's groundbreaking approach. In this episode, you'll discover:
- Insider tips to combat the scarcity mindset and unlock the full potential of your team members
- A revolutionary method to create a prosperous nonprofit through co-creation, transparency, and a strengths-based approach
- The power of implementing rhythms of learning to propel your nonprofit towards success
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/how-to-use-co-creation-to-build-a-prosperous-nonprofit/
Connect with 100 Degrees Consulting: https://www.instagram.com/100degreesconsulting/ Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/ Grab your freebie: www.100degreesconsulting.com/cash
Connect with Tucker: https://www.instagram.com/tuckerwanna/ Connect with Thrive Impact: https://www.instagram.com/thriveimpactorg/
Looking for the perfect accounting software for your nonprofit? Don't miss our latest podcast episode! We explore the top options, making your decision-making process a breeze. Listen now and learn:
- The ins and outs of QuickBooks Online, Blackbaud Financial Edge, NetSuite, and Wave
- How to choose the right software based on your unique needs and budget
- Tips for streamlining financial management and boosting your organization's growth
Tune in for an in-depth discussion that will help you maximize your nonprofit's financial potential.
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/which-nonprofit-accounting-software-is-best-for-your-organization/
Understand your organizations numbers so that you can maximize your impact. Get your freebie here: https://100degreesconsulting.com/routine/
Niching down: A common concept in the entrepreneurial world and the secret to maximizing the impact of your nonprofit. In this episode I talk about the power of niching down, giving you real examples of how it leads to growth, and you’ll learn how to write a compelling mission statement that has donors lining up to support your cause. Mentioned in this episode:
Get clear on your nonprofits finances: 100degreesconsulting.com/health Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/
Visit the podcast page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/the-power-of-niching-down-for-nonprofits-boost-your-impact-and-attract-the-right-donors/
In this episode you will:
- Discover innovative strategies to help nonprofit organizations overcome common obstacles and maximize their efficiency.
- Learn from Krista Krlinkus, an expert in grant writing, tips for focus and productivity, and financial management to ensure your nonprofit has the resources it needs to succeed.
- Explore the potential of AI and how it can transform the nonprofit sector, including streamlining communications and generating fresh ideas for program design and grant writing.
Visit the podcast Page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/how-nonprofits-can-use-chatgpt-to-increase-their-impact/
Connect with Stephanie: https://www.instagram.com/stephanie.skry/ Connect with Krista: https://www.tiktok.com/@kristakurlinkus
Discover how to maximize nonprofit success with a comprehensive social media and Facebook ad strategy in this informative blog post. Learn about choosing the right platforms, the difference between organic and paid social media, and effective Facebook ad tactics for targeting warm audiences and building relationships. Develop a strategic approach that harnesses the power of social media to drive growth, engagement, and success for your nonprofit organization.
Download your freebie: https://100degreesconsulting.com/cash-2/
Podcast Page: https://100degreesconsulting.com/nonprofitmarketingstrategy/
Connect with Dana: https://www.instagram.com/positivequation/
Dana’s Course: https://positiveequation.com/visible-reach-in-a-week
The Prosperous Nonprofit is the new and improved version of the 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship podcast. Host Stephanie Skryzowski, the CFO and founder of 100 Degrees Consulting, is passionate about empowering nonprofit leaders to understand their finances, grow their impact and increase their income.
The podcast will feature innovative and entrepreneurial approaches to building financially sustainable and impactful nonprofits. The focus of the show will not just be on money, but will encompass the concept of prosperity, including time, balance, and flourishing.
The podcast will include a mix of interviews and solo shows and will focus on innovation, entrepreneurship, and new approaches to nonprofit management. Join Stephanie on this new journey as she explores groundbreaking ideas for building successful and impactful nonprofits.
Visit the podcast page here: https://100degreesconsulting.com/newchapter/
Welcome to this special episode of our podcast! In this episode, we'll share a recent TED Talk-style presentation I gave at the ROI Millionaire Summit in San Juan, Puerto Rico. Here's what you can expect:
Overcoming fear and gaining confidence: I discuss my journey of overcoming fear and building confidence in public speaking. I share how I started off terrified of speaking in front of people and gradually gained confidence over time by putting myself on stages and pushing my boundaries.
The challenge of crafting a compelling story: I reveal the process I went through to create an engaging and impactful talk that would connect with the audience on a deeper level. I had to change my approach from an informational talk to a story-driven one that conveyed a bigger idea.
The importance of practice: Throughout the episode, I emphasize the value of practice in building confidence and honing your skills. I share how I practiced my talk in various situations, like in the car or on the treadmill, to gain confidence and get better at it.
My TED Talk: Finally, I share the talk I gave at the conference, which focuses on connecting the often dry world of finance, accounting, and bookkeeping with something powerful, meaningful, and moving.
Don't miss this episode, where I share my personal journey and the lessons I learned along the way about overcoming fear and building confidence. Plus, get a sneak peek at my TED Talk-style presentation!
Visit the podcast page here: https://100degreesconsulting.com/howtobuildconfidenceindoingscarythings/
Get your free download: 100degreesconsulting.com/health
It’s our 100th episode! In this episode, Stephanie Skryzowski takes a look back. We’ve been privileged to hear from unique guests, share amazing stories and gather incredible resources along the way. You’ll also get to hear what comes next for the podcast, and how to stay in the know!Thank you so much for being here, for listening and for trusting us with one of the most important elements of your business. We hope you’ll stick around for the next hundred episodes!
I wanted to express my sincere gratitude for listening to all hundred episodes. I know there are some of you that have listened to every single one, and I thank you for that. - Stephanie Skryzowski
What we talk about in this episode: 1. The unique guests we’ve been honored to meet and interview 2. The collection of resources that have been shared along the way 3. What’s up next? 4. Send us an email with your podcast idea!
Links mentioned in this episode: * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz
Want more of the podcast? * New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast * Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode! * Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing * Download the full episode transcript here
Today's podcast walks us through Stephanie Skryowski's top four pieces of advice on what to do in January with your money. On a recent podcast episode, we talked about what to do in December with your money. If you have not listened to that episode, you can find it here - you'll want to make sure you've done those things before you start thinking about what comes next! It's the perfect time of year to start fresh and really get a handle on what you can do to make your finances feel more manageable, less overwhelming and more within your control. Get ready for an informative episode that will help you start the new year off right!
First of all, get your mindset right. It [January] is a fresh start. It's an opportunity to start over, to ditch some of those limiting beliefs when it comes to money and give yourself a fresh outlook, a fresh perspective, a fresh start. The year is new. It is an opportunity to do more, to do better, to change what you've done in the past. - Stephanie Skryzowski
What we talk about in this episode: 1. Setting up the right systems for your business. Setting up systems in January will give you the opportunity to refine and shift those systems throughout the year. 2. Assembling your team. Know the differences between an accountant, a CFO, a financial advisor or planner. Make sure you have the right people on your team to support you throughout the year. 3. Scheduling finance time. Build finance time into your schedule, even if you're only going over things by yourself. Mark it in your calendar, and treat it like any other important meeting. 4. Making a detailed finance plan. Make a plan for the year, line by line, for revenue and expenses. Grab our template here if you need a little help!
Links mentioned in this episode: * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz * Episode 96: What to Do in December with your Money
Want more of the podcast? * New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast * Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode! * Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing * Download the full episode transcript here
As 2022 comes to a close, Stephanie Skryzowski looks back over 2022 and reviews the results and data for 100 Degrees Consulting. In the last several episodes, we talked about the importance of planning ahead for your business and walked you through the specifics of how to do it.
And as important as the planning is, it's just as important to take a look back at the year and do a business review. Looking back at all the wins: the growth, doubling our team size, a healthy culture within the team and more.
What you’ll learn in this episode: * The importance of staff surveys for feedback, and what our team says about 100 Degrees Consulting! * Why you need to know where your customers or clients are coming from. * How team culture contributes to company growth and success. * Things to consider when streamlining your processes.
When you grow as fast as we have, it can go one of two ways. It can go in the direction of adding all these new people…nobody knows each other. Nobody knows what's going on, and it can devolve into chaos. Or you can bring them on and the rest of the team can embrace them and bring them right into the community. - Stephanie Skryzowski
Links in this episode: * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz
More resources that can help boost your business efficiency and nurture your team: * How to Keep Your Business Running While You Are On Vacation * How to Build a Thriving Team * Your Business is NOT Your Baby * Investing in Your Business Infrastructure to Build a Team * 8 Tips to Host a Virtual Team Retreat
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you’ve logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don’t know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don’t know what that actually means. Don’t worry, friend! I’ve got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT?
Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing! Click here to read the full transcript.
Start 2023 with confidence in your numbers by following this monthly routine for a profitable new year! Stephanie Skryzowski looks back at two of our most popular podcast episodes to combine her best tips into one incredibly helpful episode. Setting aside the time every single month to follow the steps outlined in today’s podcast will help you feel more empowered to make decisions in your business.
There's very, very few people, programs, and products that are an immediate hit and catapult you to new goals. It happens, but I would say that's not the norm. It's usually a slow build. It's trial and error. It's learning along the way. So if you need to increase revenue…really do a bit of soul-searching as to what works in your business, what is most profitable, and do more of that. - Stephanie Skryzowski
Three Prerequisites before creating a Routine: * Be a registered business with the state and the IRS. * Have a separate business bank account. Do not mix your personal and business finances in one account. * Have a system for consistently tracking revenue and expenses every single month. Do this the first week of every month for the prior month.
What You’ll need for a Monthly Finance Routine: * Reconcile your bookkeeping every month - include every transaction for the month. * Review your financials + Run your comparative profit and loss: compare last month to the month prior, or last month to the same month in the previous year. + Review your balance sheet. * Forecast your future - map out the next 12-18 months of your business in terms of revenue, expenses and cash flow.
Action Steps to Take to Increase Revenue:
- Do what works: look at your most profitable revenue streams and double down on those.
- Can you nurture your current clients for more business or referrals?
Action Steps to Take to Decrease Expenses:
- Look for forgotten recurring expenses/subscriptions that can be eliminated.
- Reallocate expenses to revenue driving activities.
Links mentioned in this episode: * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz * I Will Teach You to Be Rich
Want more of the podcast? * New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast * Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode! * Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing * Download the full episode transcript here
If you're wondering what to do with your money in December, this episode is for you! With just a few weeks left of the year, it’s a great time to reflect on the past 12 months and get familiar with where your business is headed. In this podcast episode, Stephanie Skryzowski shares 5 things to do THIS MONTH that will set you up for a great new year. Use this time to reflect a little, to dream a little and put together a formulated plan for 2023.
QUOTE: Think about what revenue goal you want to hit next year. What products or services are you going to offer to hit that revenue goal? Then you can start thinking about breaking it down month by month and really have a formulated plan going into January. - Stephanie Skryzowski
Five Things to do in December: * Catch up on your bookkeeping. * Conduct a financial review: look at your profit and loss statement. Do a deep dive into your numbers. * Think about any last minute spending you’re going to have. * Plan for taxes. * Start thinking about next year.
Links mentioned in this episode * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz
Want more of the podcast? * New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast * Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode! * Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing * Download the full episode transcript here
It’s the craziest time of the year! If you’re feeling pressure to close Q4 really strong, take a deep breath and set aside a few moments to listen to today’s podcast episode!
We all have phases where we feel stagnant and unsure of our next move. Today on the podcast, you'll hear from Stephanie Skryzowski. In this episode, Stephanie talks about those moments you feel stuck in your business and shares the 3 things she does to help her break out of that rut.
Maybe the end doesn't seem like it's in sight, but we do know that it will be over before we know it. Thinking about what is next in your business is a really great way to kind of clear your brain of all the junk that's happening in there right now and think about the future.
I have found that I don't get my best ideas when I'm running from one thing to the next, or in those 30 minute chunks in between Zoom meetings. That’s not where I am feeling my best. I like to create space for innovation. - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: Stephanie’s top 3 tips to get “unstuck”:
- Forward thinking: Set aside some time to cllear your brain of all the “right now” junk and think about the future of your business and what could be next. Brain dumping is a great way to do this.
- Create space for innovation: Actually block out time on your calendar to allow yourself the opportunity to generate momentum by looking at what’s currently working and considering ways to innovate what you’re already doing.
- Practice gratitude: It may sound cliche, but if you can get into the practice of thinking about one thing each day that you’re grateful for it will feel like a breath of fresh air.
Links mentioned in this episode:
- Connect with Stephanie on Instagram
- The Profit Playbook
- Cultivate What Matters PowerSheets
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
If you’re a small business owner who is considering pivoting in your business, today’s episode is full of helpful information and tips on how to pivot successfully.
Most of us will reach a point in our business where we will wonder if we need to make a change. Maybe it’s revenue, maybe it’s a shift in passion, or maybe it’s the temptation of the next big thing everyone else is doing.
Stephanie Skryzowski shares her tips for how to pivot with a plan, and breaks down things to consider as well as what to look at from a numbers perspective.
We're all going to pivot, we're all going to shift. And I think that's important to keep us fulfilled as professionals, as creative human beings in general. That is what is going to help us continue to thrive and continue to be lit up by our business. - Stephanie Skryzowski
Key takeaways from this episode: * Consider if you’re thinking about pivoting for a verifiable reason or due to burn out * Make sure to pivot with a plan * Pay attention to your instinct but most importantly, run your numbers. + Run both best case scenario numbers and realistic numbers * Assess where you are right now * Determine what you are pivoting away from as well as what you are pivoting towards
Links mentioned in this episode: * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz
Want more of the podcast? * New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast * Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode! * Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing * Download the full episode transcript here
If you’re a small business owner who is considering pivoting in your business, today’s episode is full of helpful information and tips on how to pivot successfully.
Most of us will reach a point in our business where we will wonder if we need to make a change. Maybe it’s revenue, maybe it’s a shift in passion, or maybe it’s the temptation of the next big thing everyone else is doing.
Stephanie Skryzowski shares her tips for how to pivot with a plan, and breaks down things to consider as well as what to look at from a numbers perspective.
We're all going to pivot, we're all going to shift. And I think that's important to keep us fulfilled as professionals, as creative human beings in general. That is what is going to help us continue to thrive and continue to be lit up by our business. - Stephanie Skryzowski
Key takeaways from this episode: * Consider if you’re thinking about pivoting for a verifiable reason or due to burn out * Make sure to pivot with a plan * Pay attention to your instinct but most importantly, run your numbers. + Run both best case scenario numbers and realistic numbers * Assess where you are right now * Determine what you are pivoting away from as well as what you are pivoting towards
Links mentioned in this episode: * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz
Want more of the podcast? * New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast * Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode! * Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing * Download the full episode transcript here
In the early days of starting a business, most business owners find they have to be involved in all the big and small decisions. As you start adding team members to your payroll, you may reach a tipping point that necessitates bringing on a COO.
In this episode, Stephanie Skryzowski discusses when she realized that it was time to hire a senior leader in her business. Handing over the reins may seem a little scary, but if your team feels overloaded by the growth of your company, it’s time!
I needed somebody who was both a strategic thinker who could sort of help me sit with me at 30,000 feet and see the big picture, but also somebody very tactical that would know how to create a project plan and how to put all of the wheels into motion and support the team to actually get things done.
- Stephanie Srkyzowski
Key takeaways mentioned in this episode: * How to recognize when team growth exceeds your ability to manage the team well * When to take stock of unfinished projects - no one to handle them, no capacity for taking on something new * Knowing when you need a senior team member to handle strategy/2nd in command * How to: come up with a title, understand the impact on the budget/bottom line
Links mentioned in this episode: * Connect with Stephanie on Instagram * The Profit Playbook * The Finance Pro Quiz
Want more of the podcast? * New episodes are released weekly! Find them all plus show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast * Leave us a review! Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Let me know what you loved most about this episode! * Subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing * Download the full episode transcript here
Do you feel like you are living on the edge when it comes to your finances? Does budget and money talk make you want run for the hills? If you feel like a hot mess with your money, you’re not alone!
In this episode, Stephanie Skryzowski shares her top 7 tips for gaining clarity and confidence around handling your money. Grab a pen and paper because this episode is packed with helpful tips and information to help you find stability and stop living on the (financial) edge.
You might feel like one chargeback or one client not paying you, or one expense getting pushed through too soon is going to break you. I don't want you to feel like that. I don't want you to feel one gust of wind away from falling off a cliff.
- Stephanie Skryzowski
Stephanie’s Top 7 Tips: * Have a plan * Know your numbers * Create a cash reserve * Handle your bookkeeping * Understand your revenue * Edit your expenses * Review relationships
Resources mentioned in this episode: * Profit Playbook
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
In this episode, Stephanie Skryzowski talks to us about the recent 100 Degrees Consulting team retreat. Team retreats are a great way to foster community by giving employees time to connect, inspire and educate each other. If you’re considering doing something similar for your team, you’ll love listening to Stephanie walk us through what went into planning and executing a productive, fun and encouraging retreat for the 100 Degrees Consulting team.
It was such a worthwhile investment in our business and our team. They all got amazing professional development and got to not only strengthen their knowledge and their professional expertise, but also their bonds with their team members.
- Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How to plan for a retreat ahead of time * Things to consider when choosing what activities to include * Why you may want more downtime than you think you do! * The value behind professional development as well as highlighting individual successes * Things to do to take advantage of your time all together as a team
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you’ve logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don’t know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don’t know what that actually means. Don’t worry, friend! I’ve got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing! Click here to read the full transcript.
In this podcast episode, Stephanie Skryzowski talks to us about the importance of investing in our businesses. Most of us need to spend money to make money, but how do we know what we need to buy or which programs to invest in? With so many options at our fingertips, it can be hard to sort through the noise and figure out where to focus both our time AND money.
Pulling from experience gained over the years and wise words from past podcast guests, Stephanie narrows down four important steps to take. If you often feel pulled in a hundred different directions while building your business, you’ll want to grab a pen and paper and tune in!
Keep it simple. We don't need to do all the new things because that new thing looks really fun. We need to keep doing more of what's working. So you first need to understand the return on investment on different things that you're doing right now and cut out what is not generating a return and add in more of whatever is generating a return.
- Stephanie Skryzowski
Stephanie’s Top 4 Tips: 1. Spend money strategically by keeping it simple, and understanding what's working in your business 2. Go all in on one thing at a time 3. Think about your future self as a business owner 4. Invest in the foundation of your business
Links Mentioned in this episode: 1. Episode 13: Behind the Scenes of How I Spend Money in my Business 2. Episode 68: How to Protect your Business Rights with Sarah Waldbuesser 3. Destination Legal
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
Naomi Genota
In this podcast episode, Stephanie Skryzowski talks to us about the importance of investing in our businesses. Most of us need to spend money to make money, but how do we know what we need to buy or which programs to invest in? With so many options at our fingertips, it can be hard to sort through the noise and figure out where to focus both our time AND money.
Pulling from experience gained over the years and wise words from past podcast guests, Stephanie narrows down four important steps to take. If you often feel pulled in a hundred different directions while building your business, you’ll want to grab a pen and paper and tune in!
Keep it simple. We don't need to do all the new things because that new thing looks really fun. We need to keep doing more of what's working. So you first need to understand the return on investment on different things that you're doing right now and cut out what is not generating a return and add in more of whatever is generating a return.
- Stephanie Skryzowski
Stephanie’s Top 4 Tips: 1. Spend money strategically by keeping it simple, and understanding what's working in your business 2. Go all in on one thing at a time 3. Think about your future self as a business owner 4. Invest in the foundation of your business
Links Mentioned in this episode: 1. Episode 13: Behind the Scenes of How I Spend Money in my Business 2. Episode 68: How to Protect your Business Rights with Sarah Waldbuesser 3. Destination Legal
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
Naomi Genota
Join us today for a solo episode with Stephanie Skryzowski! On this episode of the podcast, Stephanie talks about the importance of establishing yourself as the expert in your field, and building authority in your brand or business. If you’ve ever wondered how people are asked to speak or present again and again, you’ll want to tune in!
With years of experience under her belt, Stephanie has worked at understanding the right (and wrong!) ways of establishing herself as an expert in the finance industry. She knows what it's like to be at the beginning of the journey without a clear roadmap. She also has been on the receiving end of communication and pitches that feel disingenuous. After listening to this episode, you'll better understand the importance of relationships and carving out time in your work week for authority building activities.
I feel like when you start to be “strategic” is when things start sounding completely fake. So if I wouldn't do it in person, if I wouldn't say it in person, I don't do it online. - Stephanie Skryzowski
In this episode, you'll learn: 1. Why not to copy and paste a template 2. How to play the long game with your business or brand. 3. The key to writing genuine, heartfelt pitches and knowing where to focus your time and energy. 4. Understanding the importance of sharing some of your knowledge for free 5. The impact of spending time on the right activities that will build your authority.
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Today’s guest is Emily Grey. Emily is a speaker, small business coach, and impact entrepreneur focusing on helping makers and brand owners land + grow wholesale accounts. She also founded a brick + mortar and online boutique, The Flourish Market, located in Raleigh, NC, and created The Wholesale Way, a coaching program for makers and brand owners.
Emily spent eight years working as the VP of Communications and Change Management for an investment bank on Wall Street before realizing she was ready for something different. Although she loved her job and the team she worked with, she felt pulled to use her passions in another industry.
One night, a random search on Pinterest led to a new business idea, and three months later, she launched her first mini boutique on wheels.
This episode with Emily has so many great tidbits of information and inspiration! Whether you’re a maker or not, you will walk away excited and motivated to take action in your business.
Things we discuss/learn:
- What does impact entrepreneurship mean/look like?
- How people closest to her reacted to her career change
- The importance of knowing and understanding your business finances
- Tips for getting your products onto store shelves and replacing pop-up income with wholesale orders.
Links mentioned in this episode: * The Flourish Market * The Wholesale Way * Emily Grey's Instagram
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
Today we are talking to Lauren Davis. Lauren is the founder of Lauren Davis Creative, a marketing and branding consultancy that will help you create memorable personal branding messages that convert to engagement and life-long clients.
Lauren’s entrepreneurial journey began as a child with a neighborhood business and a construction paper business plan. From there, she worked with her family’s small business, eventually opening a successful record store and founding a non-profit organization.
While at the record store, she noticed local entrepreneurs were feeling down. She realized she had a passion for entrepreneurs and small businesses. In 2010, she started a non-profit for local companies to educate themselves, get to know each other, and collaborate across networks. This non-profit is thriving, with over a thousand local members!
Lauren recognizes our innate need to belong and understands the role of social media in building connections. She loves helping clients find a social media strategy that isn’t only focused on quick hacks but constructing a personalized brand identity.
Things we discuss: * How Lauren moves through challenges and decides what path to take. * Why social media is the #1 free tool at your fingertips for building community and telling your story. * The importance of conducting an informal audience audit, so you can better connect with your audience. * Playing the long game in business and on social media. * How taking a break and shutting off your brain can lead to a better mindset and more success. * What Lauren loves to do as a way of disconnecting from work.
Links mentioned in this episode: * Lauren Davis Creative * Lauren's Instagram * The Real Personal Branding Podcast
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
Naomi Genota
Joining us on this week’s podcast is Naomi Genota.
Naomi is a New York-based content creator, online educator, and talent manager at Booth Society. In this episode, we’re getting down to the nitty-gritty about how she went from working as a Structural Engineer making six figures to doing content creation full time.
Before a family vacation to the Philippines, Naomi was offered a raise at her job. After the initial excitement began to wear off, she questioned whether climbing the corporate ladder was something she even valued.
She also shares a realistic picture of what the transition to full-time content creation is like. For Naomi, this included juggling both the Engineer job with her growing social media business before being able to make the leap entirely.
Knowing how much she wanted to be able to take people with her on the influencer journey, she began sharing her knowledge and expertise with others. I’m thrilled she is here with us today to share what she has learned over the years with our audience.
Things you’ll learn:
- The path Naomi took from engineer to influencer
- How she began building a business that replaced her 6 figure engineering job
- The specific engineering skillsets she’s able to use in her content creation role
- The truth about becoming a full time content creator (spoiler alert, it doesn’t typically happen overnight!)
- The ways she helps others find brand deals and partnerships and the course she created to assist content creators build a solid business foundation.
Links in this episode:
SponMaster Online Course
Outside Your Cubicle Mastermind
Naomi’s Instagram
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
In today’s podcast episode, we’re talking to Sarah Negris-Mamani. Sarah is another one of the talented team members here at 100 Degrees Consulting, and I absolutely loved chatting with her.
After graduating with a master’s degree in nonprofit management from Regis University, she worked in sales and then spent five years in program management and events. After her maternity leave ended at the beginning of the pandemic, Sarah knew she really wanted to focus on a career path with more growth opportunities. This realization led her to 100 Degrees Consulting, where she is using her passion for helping nonprofits find success through improving their processes.
Throughout her life, Sarah made a point of not only accepting opportunities offered to her, but to also intentionally seek them out. We talk about how some of her most remarkable experiences started with a genuine curiosity and desire to learn something new.
“What I wanted to do was to not have anything that would limit me when I'm looking for roles or looking for whatever career path I wanted. I just didn't want anything to hold me back. I wanted to have every available option”
What you’ll hear about in today’s episode:
- Sarah’s experience in events and how it helped her overcome a fear of finance
- How asking for what she wanted and taking risks helped her change career paths
- Her genuine desire to develop her skill set and how that led to her position here at 100 Degrees.
- Why playing the long game is the best approach to tackling the challenges that arise.
- The doors that have opened for her because of her experiences traveling and studying abroad.
On today's podcast episode, we're talking to Leisa Reid. Leisa is a professional speaker/trainer and the founder of GetSpeakingGigsNow.com. If you are a business professional or entrepreneur who wants to make an impact and attract your ideal clients through speaking, you won't want to miss this.
Leisa holds both Bachelor's and Master's Degrees in Speech Communication. She taught at the university level before moving into a corporate role in sales and leadership. After attending a series of personal development workshops, Leisa realized it was time to make a change. When an established business relationship presented a new opportunity, she took a leap of faith to pursue something more aligned with her passions and talents.
After booking and delivering hundreds of speaking engagements, Leisa knew she could help other aspiring speakers by sharing her strategies, and Get Speaking Gigs Now was born.
I think a lot of times entrepreneurs think you have to get out there and get visible…it can feel a little overwhelming. Honestly, if you focus on that handful [of connections] and dig deeper rather than wider, you can really make a huge impact. - Leisa Reid
What we talk about in this episode: * Finding your speaker soulmate - what that means, what to look for and how to do it. * The importance of community and building relationships in business * The magic of knowing what you need and how to ask for it * Specific steps to take if you want to get started with speaking * What to consider with paid and unpaid speaking opportunities and how to determine which offers to accept.
Links in the episode: * GetSpeakingGigsNow.com * Leisa Reid on Social: Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook, YouTube
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Are you feeling stuck with what to do next to manage the money in your business? Maybe you've logged into QuickBooks once or twice, but got instantly overwhelmed. Or you started to set revenue goals, but don't know where to go from here. Maybe you simply know that managing your numbers is the right thing to do, but you don't know what that actually means. Don't worry, friend! I've got just the thing.
Managing Your Business Finances Like a CFO is my brand new 10 step checklist that will help you manage your business like a CFO without making it your full time job.
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
Ready to take a peek into our super efficient tech stack for 2022? Great! Because I'm sooo ready to share it with the world!
I wouldn't count myself as someone who's super techy, BUT I do know the value of having the right tools and systems in place. There are so many new apps and it's amazing how it can help businesses like ours automate tasks and optimize operations. But with so many options available, a lot of us can end up overwhelmed and end up making things a little complicated. But wow! Since we made streamlining our business the focus this year, things have been so much easier. So let me walk you through what we've used so far, how they worked, and the ones that we found to be real keepers!
100 Degrees Consulting Tech Stack (and how we're using it to set out team up for success and support our clients): * Slack - This is what we use for our internal team communication. We use this to create a workspace and they have a feature called Huddle which automatically brings the team into a meeting so no more links that need to be sent out. * ClickUp - Our new project management system. This app can do so much but I have to admit it took a while to get used to. It helped us to make seamless transitions even if we have employees who are on leave or in an emergency. * Ignition - The newest app we're currently testing out. This is an industry-specific software and it just is better for us because they have conversion rates in their dashboards and KPIs we need. It already knows accounting, bookkeeping, and even invoicing. So it is mighty powerful. * Calendly - Something we would be transitioning to as well because this app goes hand in hand with Ignition. This app handles all of the scheduling we need for our clients. * QuickBooks/ThriveCart/Stripe - All of our finances and processing payments go through these apps. Our clients are sent invoices using these apps and receive payments but these are probably going to be moved over to Ignition soon. * Gusto - Anything expenses related, we use this app to track and for our payroll. We're also paying our contractors including our international staff. If we need anything related to time tracking, expense reimbursements or performance reviews, then this is a must have. * Libsyn - This is the podcast host I use for my episodes. * Audacity/Zoom - I both use these apps for my podcast solo episodes and guest episodes. * AMEX - we use credit cards for all of our expenses aside from payroll. Get those points, get those miles.
Other apps that were part of our tech stack previously:
- Asana - project management app.
- Dubsado - general software for generating proposals and agreements.
- Acuity - scheduling app for meetings and calls.
- TransferWise - a secondary site we use for international contractors.
This might look like a lot, but these tools were an absolute game-changer! It has helped us automate our systems and made our processes even more organized now. So, make sure you tune in, make notes and complete your epic tech stack hunt!
"We don't need all of the platforms out there just because they sound cool, because a lot of 'em are really cool and they can do really cool things, but often I feel like we overcomplicate things and we really don't need to.” - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * What does the 100 Degrees Consulting tech stack looks like * The apps that we love, didn't love, and how it changed the way we do things * Importance of streamlining your business
More resources to help you set your business up right: * How to Make Decisions Using Time vs. Money Margins * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability * What You Need to Know Before Selling Your Business * How to Protect Your Business Rights with Sarah Waldbuesser * How to Keep Your Business Running While You Are On Vacation * What To Do When Investments in Your Business Don’t Work Out
Employees are the lifeblood of the company and is, ultimately, the driving force behind its success. So, how do we get the right people that fit our company culture aboard our ship? How easy is it to pay them fairly and still be profitable? In this episode, we have the amazing CEO of Fortress and Flourish - Candice Elliot, guide us through the basics of people, pay, and profit!
As an Enneagram 3w2, nothing brings me greater joy than setting goals, achieving them, AND helping as many people as I can in the process. So, you can just imagine the joy and excitement I felt when I shared a conversation with someone like Candice Elliott, who puts into focus a lot of the things that business owners and organizations need to do to make this happen in an HR perspective.
Candice’s passion and expertise in implementing stellar HR strategies not only allows her to help small businesses, nonprofit organizations, and international corporations grow their business, but also allow them to keep and nurture their workforce. She is a certified Senior Professional in Human Resources and specializes in California Labor Law who believes in a creative approach to developing management systems based on her unique worldview.
Join us in this week’s episode, as Candice Elliot shares her top tips on keeping your best employees, the importance of fair pay, and how it contributes to greater profits. She also dives into the value of pay transparency in job ad listings, minimum and living wages, and even employee handbooks. She will also reveal some of the most common mistakes businesses make when it comes to compensation and how these errors can be costly to the bottom line.
"As you widen your circle, you come in contact with more people... And so, if there aren't good systems in place, it can lead to conflict and miscommunication." - Candice Elliot
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Candice Elliott’s creative journey to human resource management * Importance of human resource in the growth of the company * Pros and cons of putting salaries on job ad listings * Benefits of being in the pay transparency spectrum * How outliers can harm your company’s foundation * Tips on how to analyze competitive salaries * Why compensations goes hand in hand with profitability
Links in this episode: * Fortress and Flourish
* Candice Elliott on Instagram, Youtube, Facebook and LinkedIn
* Keep the love and leave the hurt with these 5 practices to increase diversity, equality and justice at work:
https://www.fortressandflourish.com/fck-bureaucratic-hr**
More resources that can help boost your business efficiency and nurture your team: * How to Keep Your Business Running While You Are On Vacation * How to Build a Thriving Team * Your Business is NOT Your Baby * Investing in Your Business Infrastructure to Build a Team * 8 Tips to Host a Virtual Team Retreat
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
Whether you're just starting out and setting foundations in the early stages or consider yourself a business veteran, there’s always room for improvement. So, what things do you need to set your business up right? Well, in this episode we'll talk about that and more. If you've been waiting for a sign, my friend, this is it! Now is the perfect time to make room in your calendar, and go through your business systems + process with a fine-toothed comb.
Here are the 7 steps to set your business up right from the start: 1. Register your business with the IRS (or your tax government) - This will help you get recognized by your government that you are a legitimate business. Registering can give your business both legal and marketing advantages. 2. Open a Separate Business Bank Account - Set up both a checking and savings account. Get ready for the future while you are setting aside money for both your taxes and earnings. 3. Pick a Tool to Track Your Numbers - Start Recording your cash flow. It's going to help you keep the data that will be used to forecast and compare results. What’s working and not working for your business. 4. Create a Monthly Routine - Get to know your money. As the owner, you will need to know which money comes in and out of your business. This can guide you to make bigger decisions in the future. 5. Hire Help - Professionals will indeed help you with possible future problems. Hiring a cpa, bookkeeper and/or attorney are a few people you actually need. The importance of your numbers and contracts will come in handy as they make your work easier and less worried about future sales/deals. 6. Pay Your Quarterly Taxes - Though there are other ways you can do this, it is still important to always put aside enough to pay taxes. There are rules and there are fees that might cost you in the future if you don't get this sorted out. 7. Automate your savings - Make sure you set aside a specified portion of your earnings to automatically deposit into your savings account regularly. This would definitely be a habit that will help your business in case of emergencies.
Now that you have a better grasp of the 7 Steps to Set Your Business Up Right, make it a habit to revisit steps 3 to 7 as your biz continues to grow. Set a clear intention and put them into action!
“Set yourself up today for the business you want to be a year from now. And then, a year from now, you're going to have exponential growth!” – Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * 7 Steps to Setup Your Business Up Right * Importance of Paying Your Taxes * How Early Preparation Can Protect Your Business
More resources to help you set your business up right: * How to Make Decisions Using Time vs. Money Margins * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability * What You Need to Know Before Selling Your Business * How to Protect Your Business Rights with Sarah Waldbuesser * How to Keep Your Business Running While You Are On Vacation * What To Do When Investments in Your Business Don’t Work Out
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
It's so easy to get bombarded with all the trends in building an online following, especially when there are so many social networking tools available. How do you know which one to use? And more importantly, how do you ensure that people will keep coming back for more? Well, sit tight and listen closely to this episode, friend! We have Molly Keyser sharing her brilliant insights on creating online courses and building a thriving online community!
If this is the first time you’ve heard about Molly Keyser, here’s a quick recap! Molly is a college dropout who grew a photo studio into multiple six figures. But her success doesn’t stop there, she also has grown her online education company to 2 million dollars a year and was able to help thousands of photographers and business owners around the world.
Molly has taught over 10,000 students, sold more than 17,000$ worth of courses, and currently has over 6,000 Facebook group members in her community that continues to thrive. From Facebook to TikTok, Molly is truly an expert in building an online community from the ground up.
I'm actually very excited to take a deep dive with Molly in this week’s episode about how she was able to achieve all this growth and how you can replicate her success for your business. She is also sharing her strategies for creating an engaged online community that will love what you do and help you to continue being passionate about your goals.
So if you're curious about how Molly went from 0 following to 10k, then this episode is definitely for you!
"It's important to, obviously, build a profitable business to support your life. But I do think that once you, no matter where you're at financially, it is very important to really follow your passion with your business - you'll be happier. And also your business, ultimately, will be even more successful because you're really passionate about it. " - Molly Keyser
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Molly Keyser’s amazing pivot from photography to online business * How to start creating online courses * Benefits of building an online community * Things to consider when picking the right social platform for your community * How an online community can influence your business for the better * Molly’s top tips on how to fill your content bucket more consistently * Why you need to be strategic to go viral on social media
Links in this episode: * Molly Keyser’s Website
- Molly Keyser on Instagram, Youtube, Facebook and LinkedIn
More resources to protect your business and make smarter decisions: * How to Make Decisions Using Time vs. Money Margins * How to Set Goals for Your Nonprofit Organization * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability
Investments can be a huge step in growing your business, but what do you do when they don't work out as expected?
Failed investments can be disheartening and it's easy to start beating yourself up for it. I know I have! And most entrepreneurs have been there too, my friend.
But here's the thing: Just because it's working out for somebody else, doesn't mean it's necessarily going to work out for you (and that's okay!)
Here are 3 keys things to keep in mind before making any investment: 1. Understand what's working for your business - Check your Return On Investment (ROI) on the different parts of your business. Whether you're doing your online courses, services, consulting work, mastermind your hosting, or like those affiliate commissions that you're getting, you have to know what's giving you revenue and get rid of what's not generating a return. 2. Pick one thing at a time to go all-in on - If you want to launch a service, put your 100% effort there. If you really want to get the most out of a mastermind, then join one and get everything you can. You have to soak up all the knowledge there rather than joining different courses at the same time and get distracted. 3. Look at your Forecast and your Future You - Think about your biggest goals and work backward. Ask yourself if this is the thing that you want to invest in towards that larger goal. Your decisions can be based on your business forecast and where you see yourself in the future.
So if you ever feel lost or like you're not sure about a decision, go back to these key points. And remember, it's okay if something doesn't work out the way you wanted it to. We can always learn from our mistakes and that's how we grow!
“If you feel like you've made an investment in your business that has not panned out the way you wanted... Don't beat yourself up about it. Take what you can from the experience and move on.”– Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * My personal experience with failed investments * Importance of setting up your Business Goals * 3 Key Things Before Making Any Investment * How to stay positive and to learn from investment fails
From early investments to daily saving habits, learning how to manage money is such an invaluable life skill. I mean, can you imagine what the world would look like if everyone grew up with an understanding of how to handle finances like a pro?
Unfortunately, for most people, financial literacy is simply not accessible. I mean, it’s not like they teach this at school.
And this gap in accessibility is why our guest feels called to spread her experience and expertise when it comes to finances!
Join us in this episode as we share a conversation with author, podcaster, and CERTIFIED FINANCIAL PLANNER™ professional - Bobbi Rebell.
Learn what inspired Bobbi to write her book and start her podcast. She talks about some super practical tips on how to teach your kids good money habits. Bobbi also dives deep into the importance of open communication when it comes to financial matters, and offers her sage advice on what to do if your child is struggling with money decisions.
So if you're looking for ways to help your kids become more financially savvy, this episode is a must. Tune in now and learn how to set YOU and your children up for financial success!
" It's hard and it's important when I say not to judge. A lot of things that happen with money are not in our control. Sure, you still have to figure it out, but it's really important not to blame yourself or feel like you've done something wrong. You just have to figure out what you can do to make your situation better " - Bobbi Rebell
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Bobbi Rebell’s journey with parenting and financial career * Importance of long term financial plans * How good financial parenting affects your children’s future * Why listening is the first step to financial communication
Links in this episode: * Bobbi Rebell’s Website * Bobbi Rebell on Instagram, Twitter, Facebook and LinkedIn
More resources to boost your financial growth: * How to Make Decisions Using Time vs. Money Margins * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability * An Easy Money Manifestation Tip * Slow Down to Grow Your Business Sustainably with Jeniffer Morilla
Manifestation, especially "money manifestation," seems like a buzzword that's been making its rounds on the internet lately. But what is it, really? And do CFOs (like me) actually believe in its power? Let's dive in!
Soooo... first things first, what does money manifestation even mean?
Manifestation is the act of bringing something into existence. It's often said that we manifest our own reality through our thoughts, feelings, and actions.
Notice how it says it requires thoughts, feelings... AND action? Yeah, unfortunately, a lot of people still misconstrue manifestation as some sort of magical power. They think that if they simply visualize what they want hard enough, it'll just appear out of thin air.
As an Enneagram 3 and a 'show me the numbers' kind of person, I'm not particularly prone to believe in things that I can't see or quantify. So, you could just imagine how I felt when I first heard about manifestation and its supposed power to help you manifest the life of your dreams.
But here's the thing: I do believe that what we focus on expands.
So, if I want to boost my income and make it sustainable, guess where I focus my attention on? You got that right! I focus on money. Where is it coming from, how can we give our numbers a boost... you get the idea! And you know what happened? MONEY STARTED FLOODING IN.
Ready to manifest the same in your life and biz? Join me in this episode, as I talk about some real-life accounts of how abundance has showed itself in my life and in my business. Let me share with you an easy money manifestation tip, one that you can start practicing today!
What you’ll learn in this episode: * What is money manifestation * Do CFOs believe in manifesting money * Why you need to focus on what you want to attract * The power of gratitude and taking aligned action towards your goals
More resources to help you attract more into your life and business: * How to Keep Your Business Running While on Vacation * Your Business is NOT Your Baby * Create More Space in Life (and Scale to Seven figures!) * Growing Your Wealth Mindset * How to Handle Failure in Business
Something that a lot of people don't realize about running a successful business is that oftentimes, taking things slow is usually the best way to achieve sustainable growth.
And why is that?
Imagine if you're trying to run a marathon. You can't just go out and sprint the whole thing. If you try to do too much too quickly, chances are you're going to end up burning yourself out before you even cross the finish line. The same goes for business. If you try to grow too quickly, you might end up making a lot of mistakes or bite off more than you can chew and end up spreading yourself too thin.
This week's guest, Jennifer Morilla, knows a thing or two about setting a business up for success... but as with all the greats, that did not come without growing pains.
In fact, it took several years' worth of mindset shifts and learning some tough life lessons before she was finally able to create the business and life of her dreams. And though her journey wasn't always rainbows and unicorns, she's grateful for everything she's gone through because it has made her the strong, resilient woman she is today.
So, join us in this episode, as Jen opens up about her business coach origin story, and some of the biggest life lessons she's learned along the way. She also shares how you can leverage your audience, the importance of setting boundaries, and so much more!
“If you don't have boundaries... it is a recipe for disaster” - Jennifer Morilla
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Jennifer’s journey into building her online coaching business * Mindset shifts and lessons she learned during her pivoting phase * How to do better at leveraging your audience * Why not setting solid boundaries is a recipe for disaster * Why you need to slow down to grow your business sustainably * The importance of understanding your strengths and weaknesses * Things Jen considers before making investments * Network is more important than your net worth * Business debt is not as bad as it looks (if you do it right)
Links and resources mentioned in this episode: * The Social Girl Traveler * Jen Morilla Website * Jennifer Morilla on Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook, and YouTube * Christina Galbato (Jen's biz bestie) * Kathryn Binkley (Stephanie's mentor)
More resources to help you gain fresh perspectives: * How to Keep Your Business Running While on Vacation * Your Business is NOT Your Baby * Create More Space in Life (and Scale to Seven figures!) * Should You Take on Business Debt? * Growing Your Wealth Mindset * How to Handle Failure in Business
Today’s episode is brought to you by the boost your business bundle! The original bundle event with over a hundred free tools and resources that you can access immediately from me and some other amazing experts focused specifically on helping online entrepreneurs, just like you boost their business with the right tools and strategies that get results.
That means more clients, more sales, better systems, more freedom, and more impact. The resources in this bundle are amazing! There are tools to help you launch a podcast, boost your social media reach, find more ideal clients, write better emails, learn SEO, create a unique customer experience, and so, so, so much more.
Head on over to 100degreesconsulting.com/bundle to register for free and grab this amazing bundle of resources!
Selling your business can be a daunting task and it is in fact a long process.
Whether you’re looking to have extra hours at your disposal or simply trying to move on to your next venture, there are quite a lot of things you need to consider before placing your business on the market.
So, if the thought has ever crossed your mind, then this is a great way to start navigating this transition!
Join me in this episode, as I share my thoughts on how you can get things in order, and what important things you’ll need to consider before signing that sale.
Major things you need to consider when selling your business (or just considering it!): How efficient are your business operations * Your Role – As the CEO of your company, you have got to assess if all of the processes are reliant on you. What we don’t want is the business being too dependent on you. And if it is, then you need to find a more efficient way to delegate these revenue-generating tasks. The business should be able to run without relying on you to check every single step or decision. * Your Team – A strong foundation can operate together if you have a clear cut of the process you’ve done. There are a lot of things that your team can do if you delegate tasks. What we actually did is to cross-train my team for the role that I have been doing for years. So, now, even if I’m on vacation, we can easily handle transactions without waiting on me to get back. * Your Business – This is something that you might have done already and that is your business process. You need to know whether the process that you have right now is in its best state. Make note of the redundancies, and find ways to streamline or automate these workflows.
How are your finances * Bookkeeping – Anyone investing or planning to buy another business would definitely dig up every record you have and this can be a lot. The big numbers are what you need to know. EBITDA is one of the things that you really have to be aware of. Make sure to separate the revenues and categorize the expenses your business has. * Cash Flow – Be aware of the ins and outs of every penny that goes through your business. What does your cash position look like? Most of the time, investors would want to see your numbers. If it’s consistently high, low, or if it’s like a roller coaster. If you understand it, then you can talk about it better if you’re selling your business * Burn Rate – As much as the revenue would be tempting, there’s the other side of it which is an expense and these are what the clients would check on in order to know the cost of running the business on a day-to-day basis, monthly or even annually. You have to know which ones are core business operating expenses vs other business expenses that are possibly not applicable to another owner. * Accounting Method – It could be cash or accrual method. There are businesses that choose a cash method which means that the transactions are recorded once it goes in and out of the bank and there are also business owners who prefer an accrual method which would be recording the transactions as it was incurred. These two have their own pros and cons so you would need to think about them before transitioning one to the other.
There’s no one way of doing this, but hopefully these help you be prepared the moment you’ve decided to sell your business.
“Making sure you have a crystal clear look at all of those numbers for yourself is really important… and even if you don’t want to sell your business, you have just gained more insight you could use to help you make better business decisions.” – Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Things you need to know before selling your business * How to avoid bottleneck-ing your business success * Why understanding your numbers can help you make that sale worth it
Links in this episode: * What’s EBITDA?
More resources to help you step into your CEO shoes (and not overwhelm yourself): * Your Business is NOT Your Baby * How to Make Decisions Using Time vs. Money Margins * Create More Space in Life (and Scale to Seven figures!) * How to Build A Thriving Team
Legal matters can sound scary, but it won't be as intimidating once you open yourself to the benefits of legally protecting your business. So, if you’ve ever dreamed of your biz getting all #legit and ready for anything, this one’s for you!
In this week’s episode of 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship, we have Sarah Waldbuesser, an attorney and the Founder of Destination Legal. Her company helps coaches and online entrepreneurs with the legalities of businesses.
How did this all come to be, you might ask. Well, after quitting her law firm job, Sarah realized two things she loved - travel and helping women entrepreneurs. So, she took her love for adventure and created businesses all while traveling.
And guess what? No matter where in the world she was, people still came to her for legal advice! That moment sparked something in Sarah, and Destination Legal came to be.
Tune in as we dive deep into Sarah’s story on how she went from law firm employee to globe-trotting business owner. Oh! We’ll also be discussing why you should stop neglecting your business legal rights, along with legal advice for anyone considering to protect their business.
"I really like getting intimate with the business and feeling like I really know the ins and outs and get to hang out with awesome business owners is super fun too" - Sarah Walbuesser
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Sarah’s memorable journey on building Destination Legal * Difference between Trademarks and Copyrights * Importance of Trademarking your business * Finding out when to register your business using the Gut Punch Test * Her Legal Advice on protecting your business
Links in this episode: * https://destinationlegal.com/
-
https://www.instagram.com/sarahwaldbuesser/
-
Destination Legal on Instagram, Twitter, Facebook
More resources to protect your business and make smarter decisions: * How to Make Decisions Using Time vs. Money Margins * How to Set Goals for Your Nonprofit Organization * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability
As an entrepreneur, it's easy to feel like you have to be working 24/7 in order to keep your business running. However, this doesn't have to be the case! Though it can be hard to disconnect from our businesses, especially when we're worried about what might happen.
The good news is, it is TOTALLY possible to have a successful business and take true vacations!
But just like everything else in business, you need to have plans and this means more than just finding someone to cover for you. There are 2 things that I like to invest on and help implement with my team - people and systems. Once you’ve got your A-team assembled, you’ll need a system that works even without you every step of the deal.
Here are 2 major things to invest in to keep your business running (even while you're away on vacation): 1. Systems:
One of the most important things to do in order to keep your business running smoothly while you're on vacation is to have well-defined systems in place. It is by mapping out every step in your process and identifying which ones can be done with or without you. You can write it down and pinpoint parts that requires you and which ones are inefficient or duplicative. You can also find softwares that automates your processes, making it easier for your team to keep things running.
- People
Having a good team in place is very essential for any business. A strong team can help you keep things running smoothly, even when the owner or an employee is away. Hiring new people or restructuring the team can create more coverage and help to ensure that your business doesn't grind to a halt. It's important to have a team that is capable of filling in for each other when needed and can work together to keep things moving forward.
To learn more about how I took a vacation and what I’ve done so far to take time off my plate, make sure to listen to the podcast episode! I cover everything from systems and people to hiring and outsourcing. These tips will help you run your business smoothly while you’re on vacation or just taking some time off.
"We'd literally map out every little minute step and found the pieces that were super inefficient... whatever that might be. And then, we figured out a way to streamline and automate it." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How you can take a much needed vacation as an entrepreneur (without being on your phone/laptop all the time) * The two categories that you need to invest on and implement in your business to streamline the backend (so you can take your vacation in peace)
Links in this episode: * Why Taking A Solo Business Retreat is A Solid Investment * Mom 2.0 Summit * Dubsado
More resources to keep yourself team motivated & keep your business running smoothly: * How to Take a Solo Business Retreat * Our Top Tips When It Comes to Hosting Your Own Virtual Team Retreat * Behind-the-scenes of Our Virtual Team Retreat
Joining us on this week’s podcast is none other than, Kacia Fitzgerald. For those of you who have yet to meet our amazing guest, Kacia is a multi-passionate entrepreneur, speaker, podcaster, and CEO of SheGoes Co and EmpowerHER. In this episode, we talk about how being and listening to yourself is the key to your business success!
I’ve always been fascinated with people like Kacia who understand the value of understanding the power of her emotions and energy,and using it to transform her perspective to better connect with others in her community.
It’s also really interesting how being an entrepreneur wasn’t her first career choice. Before embracing her calling as a business mentor & podcaster, Kacia started by working in the corporate world. In our conversation, she shared that even though she was making good income and her career trajectory made sense on paper, she truly felt that she wasn’t on the right path. She wanted MORE.
If this sounds like you, then I highly recommend you listen in and discover how Kacia’s journey of self-discovery has allowed her not only to empower herself, but also other women, to become more confident and successful in their chosen fields.
"Give yourself grace. Give yourself radical compassion and just touch base and take inventory of this season of life you’re in and be careful that you’re not your own worst critic." - Kacia Fitzgerald
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Kacia’s journey into making EmpowerHER Podcast * Why aligning yourself with what you want can ease your business * Questions to ask yourself to find your niche * How micro-wins help you fill your Confidence Bucket * Her unique labeling of emotions that lessens your self-struggles
Links in this episode: * Kacia Fitzgerald's website * Kacia Fitzgerald on Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn * The EmpowerHER Podcast * EmpowerHER on Instagram, Apple Podcasts, Spotify
More resources to help you boost your business growth: * Monthly Finance Habits for Better Numbers in 2022 * Should You Take on Business Debt? * 3 Things To Do in Quickbooks Every Month * Your Business is (NOT) Your Baby * How to Grow Your Business with Tiny Offers
When it comes to business retreats and conferences, there is often a lot of confusion about what the difference is between the two. And while they both offer unique benefits, they are definitely not the same thing!
So, what's the difference between a retreat and a conference?
Well, a retreat is typically a smaller, more intimate gathering where attendees can expect to build deeper relationships with each other. There is usually a greater emphasis on personal development and growth at a retreat, and attendees often have ample opportunity for reflection and self-care.
On the other hand, conferences are much larger events that tend to be more focused on networking and learning new information.They offer a great opportunity to meet new people and learn from some of the top experts in your field. However, they can also be quite overwhelming, and it can be difficult to really connect with people on a deeper level.
So, which one's right for you? If you're looking for an opportunity to relax, recharge, and reset, a retreat might be a better fit. Especially for people like me, who tend to be more introverted, retreats can be a much-needed oasis.
However, if you're looking for an opportunity to meet new people and learn about the latest trends in your industry, a conference might be a better option. No matter which you choose, attending a retreat or conference is always a worthwhile investment.
Tune in this episode to learn more about the other key difference between retreats and conferences, and why attending either one is a great way to invest in your business. Also, I'll give my fresh insight from my attending the Mom 2.0 Summit, so you can get a fair idea of how these kinds of events are like. And who knows? Maybe you'll be inspired to attend one yourself!
"I feel like overall, a retreat is more my style. I really like building closer relationships with fewer numbers of people. That's just kind of how I roll in my life. And I like having that spaciousness and quiet time and, sort of distraction-free time built into my experience."
- Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * What's the difference between a retreat and a conference * Why going to a retreat or conference is a worthwhile investment * What attending a conference is like for an introvert (like me!) * When do conferences and retreat happen * The value of forecasting conferences and/or retreats into your business expenses
Links in this episode: * Why Taking a Solo Business Retreat is a Solid Investment * Mom 2.0 Summit
More resources on business retreats and how to host one for your team: * How to Take a Solo Business Retreat * Tips to Host a Virtual Team Retreat * Behind-the-scenes of Our Virtual Team Retreat
Welcome back to the 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship, everyone! I’m thrilled to introduce you to yet another excellent podcast guest this week, Brandi Jordan.
In case you didn’t know, Brandi Jordan is the founder of The Cradle Company. A pregnancy and postpartum resource center, where she’s been helping new families grow, adjust, and find balance for almost two decades.
After hearing an NPR segment on midwifery at 19 years old, Brandi cold called a birth center in her hometown of Houston. She asked if they could teach her how to help women through labor. She then took a doula training course, found her life’s calling… and the rest is history!
Brandi holds a BA and child development and a master’s of social work from USC and founded the National Association of Birth Workers of Color in 2018. She has made headlines with high-profile clients like Mandy Moore, Rosamund Pike, Megan Fox and Julia Stiles who praise her approach of combining modern ideas and technology with age-old, wisdom and protocols.
Now over 20 years, and thousands of babies later, Brandi is an internationally-recognized as a Board Certified Lactation Consultant, Pediatric Sleep Specialist, Newborn Care Specialists, Postpartum Doula, and Social Worker. Known as the Baby Sleep Fairy, she finds individual solutions for each family regardless of location and socioeconomic status, allowing them to thrive once her time them is complete.
Brandi just kept dropping so many gems in this episode! Like, it was such a refreshing conversation, one that I hope will help the mompreneurs out there. We talked about her journey when she started her business as a 19-year-old with no children and how she has really shifted her perspective from “Okay, I don’t have kids, but I want to help women through labor,” to “What can I bring to the table?” early in her career. How working with her has transformed her clients’ lives. She also shared her insight about how her living in France and California helped her grow and make the decisions throughout the course of her business.
So, make sure you tune in to learn more about how The Cradle Company was born, the importance of listening to your intuition, amazing baby sleep solutions. Along with some really, really amazing life advice!
“Calm is contagious.” – Brandi Jordan
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How Brandi serves her clients and how the experience transforms the families she works with * Why you need to drop that negative self-talk * Overcoming decision paralysis * How calmness affects your sense of security * Harnessing calm and positive energy to live a purposeful life * Brandi’s insight on regulating emotions vs perfectionism
Links in this episode: * Dear Doula by Brandi Jordan on Apple Podcast * Brandi Jordan on Social Media: Instagram, Facebook, and Pinterest
More resources to help you find more calm in your life and business: * How to Create More Space in Your Life (& Scale to 7-figures) * How to Build A Thriving Team * One Year Anniversary of 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship * Why Your Business is NOT (actually) Your Baby
I've mentioned my amazing business coach several times on the podcast and I think it's time for you to finally meet her!
In this episode, I have Kathryn Binkley, the CEO and Founder of Scale to Seven®
Kathryn has over fifteen years of experience in marketing and operations consulting, and knows what it takes to help a business scale. She's started her company back in 2015 to provide coaching and education for online business owners looking to elevate to CEO-level status. Since then, she has led high-performing cross-functional teams to scale hundreds of businesses.
Honestly, I've been working with Kathryn for the last year and the impact that she has had on my business has been EXPONENTIAL! If I just think about where we were a year ago to where we are today... gosh. The difference is night and day. We used to be in kind of a tricky place with our team. Now? We have 18 full-time team members!
The backend for our different processes, systems, and all that stuff was, at best, just okay. Like, it was like a solid okay. But now, when people join our team, they're always, "Wow, everything is really organized and really clear on the back end of things!" And that is in large part due to Kathryn Binkley and her being an absolute genius at what she does.
Suffice to say, we have a great conversation in store for you today! One of my favorite things that she has helped me with is really to create more space in my life and in my calendar. Kathryn also shares her exact process for creating more space and freeing up your time in your business and different things that you should be focusing on and not focusing on!
Bursting at the seams with excitement and just ready to learn how to elevate yourself to thriving CEO and scale your business to seven-figures? Then make sure you tune in and connect with us later, friend!
" I think so often we think that or we just allow - unintentionally - our schedules to dictate themselves. We just say yes to things or we think that they're important and they have to happen. And our schedules just create themselves versus us really stepping into that ownership role, that CEO role and saying, 'NO, this is what I want my schedule to look like.' - Kathryn Binkley
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Who is Kathryn Binkley and how her entrepreneurial journey began * How to create more space using Kathryn's S.P.A.C.E. method * How Kathryn tracks and optimizes the departments in her business * The importance of building and organizing your business for scalability * What you can do to step into your CEO role with ease and confidence
Links in this episode: * Kathryn Binkley's website * Scale to Seven® Podcast * Kathryn Binkley on social media: Instagram, LinkedIn, Pinterest
More resources to help you free more space in your life and uplevel your business: * 4-Day Workweek (FREE Workbook) by Kathryn Binkley * How to Build A Thriving Team * One Year Anniversary of 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship * Grow Your Business with Tiny Offers
If you want to build a thriving team that will help your business succeed, there are several things you have to keep in mind. From finding the right people to maintaining a positive workplace culture, here are some tips to help you build a thriving team!
1. Understand what needs to be outsourced Okay, so first things first... BEFORE you even start hiring, take some time to really evaluate what kind of team you need.
Ask yourself these questions:
- What kinds of skills and experience do they need to possess?
- How many people will I need to optimize my business operations?
Once you have a good idea of the kind of team you need, you can start reaching out and looking for potential candidates.
2. Choose someone who is a great culture fit When you're in the hiring phase, it's important to look for culture fit as well as skills and experience. You want to make sure that the people you're hiring will mesh well with your existing team and company culture.
3. Cross-train your hires whenever possible It's also important to cross-train your team members so that they're able to pitch in and help out in other areas if needed. This is especially important if you have a small team.
4. Automate as much as you can Another key to building a thriving team is to automate as much of your business processes as possible. This will free up your team's time so that they can focus on more important tasks.
5. Inspire your team with your words and actions Finally, remember that your team is made up of people just like you. So take the time to listen to them, get to know them on a personal level, and show them that you appreciate their hard work with things like time off and bonuses. By doing this, you'll inspire them to do their best work for your company.
Once you have your team assembled, it's important to keep them happy and engaged!
Here are a few tips to set your team up for success and keep them inspired: 1. Offer regular training and development opportunities
Provide your team with an opportunity to grow and develop their skills by offering regular training and other development opportunities. This can be in the form of online courses, conferences, or even on-the-job training.
2. Encourage a healthy work-life balance
Encourage your team to maintain a healthy work-life balance by offering flexible hours and working from home options. This will help them to avoid burnout and stay motivated. It also helps to give them the occasional day off to relax and recharge!
3. Celebrate successes together
Finally, make sure to celebrate successes together as a team. This could be in the form of a team lunch, celebration email, or even just a simple thank you. By doing this, you'll show your team that you appreciate their hard work and remind them that they're part of something special.
4. Offer regular feedback
Make sure to offer regular feedback, both positive and constructive. This way, they'll know what they're doing well and what they need to work on.
5. And as always, don't forget to communicate
Encourage open communication by having regular team meetings and one-on-one check-ins. This will give your team the chance to share their ideas, concerns, and feedback with you. It also helps to build trust and rapport within the team!
Remember, building a thriving team is essential to the success of any business. By following these tips, you'll be well on your way to putting together a highly-skilled and motivated team that will help your business succeed!
PS - If you want to learn more about how I implemented these best practices in building my thriving team, make sure you give this episode a listen. I shared some practical and actionable tips that you can use to build your own high-performing team. Thanks so much for tuning in and I hope you find this helpful!
"When people feel that their work has a purpose and that they have a say in that, they're going to perform at a much higher level. They're going to stay engaged and be more committed." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How to build a highly capable and thriving team that supports your business * Why you don't want to wait until you're 100% capacity before growing your team * The advantage of structuring interviews as a conversation VS structured and scripted questions * Employee pyramid of needs and how to inspire your team
Links in this episode: * Pyramid of employee needs (research from Bain & Company) * Balancing the Company’s Needs and Employee Satisfaction
More resources to help you elevate not just your team, but also your business: * Amy Northard on Investing in Your Business Infrastructure * 8 Tips to Host a Virtual Team Retreat * 4 Strategies to Build a Sustainable Business
It's hard to believe that 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship has officially reached its one year anniversary! Well, we actually celebrated this milestone a month ago, March 1st. So, yeah, this recording is a little late, but you know what they say, it’s better late than never.
The past year has been an amazing journey so far and we've learned so much. We've had the opportunity to speak with some incredible entrepreneurs, experts from the nonprofit space, and just a whole lot of brilliant humans in a variety of fields! Each and every one of our guests has brought something unique to the table and we are so grateful for their time and knowledge.
I started this podcast with the goal of helping you learn from the successes (and failures) of entrepreneurship. I wanted to create a space where people could come to learn, be inspired, and be motivated to pursue their business dreams. A year later, we are proud to say that we have accomplished that goal and then some. Because not only have we built an amazing community of listeners who eagerly tune in each week to hear what we have to say, but we've also been able to build some of the most rewarding friendships here. And, for me, that is truly one of the best feelings in the world!
So, thank YOU for celebrating our one year anniversary with us, friend!
Here's to many more years of inspiring conversations, business milestones, and just overall greatness.
PS - If you're just tuning in, make sure to subscribe to the podcast, so you don't miss a single episode. We release new episodes every Monday morning and we would love to have you join us.
"Something I've really taken away from podcasting is that I don't have a need to be perfect." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * What it's like celebrating the podcast's one year anniversary * Lessons learned from a year of consistently producing this podcast * Thoughts on future episodes and what I want to improve
Links in this episode: * How we've grown 400% in 4 years * What I learned about launching a podcast
More resources to help you take your year up a notch: * Monthly Finance Habits for Better Numbers in 2022 * Should You Take on Business Debt? * 3 Things To Do in Quickbooks Every Month * Your Business is (NOT) Your Baby * How to Grow Your Business with Tiny Offers
If you're looking to start a coaching business, then you'll want to tune in to this conversation I shared with Rebecca Tracey!
Rebecca is the founder of The Uncaged Life, where she helps coaches and online business owners create packages that sell and get clients.
While attending a different program, Rebecca realized that there's a missing part of the process of starting and scaling a business yourself. This has sparked her inspiration to further help new businesses find out how they would start, determine how they can figure out their niche, set up their packages, and most importantly, guide them into building their foundation which is necessary in order to create a successful business.
Since then, she has been successful in her own business and knows what it takes to keep you accountable and focused on your vision. Rebecca has over 15,000 engaged entrepreneurs in her Facebook group, so she knows what it takes to be successful.
Join us in this episode as we discuss some of the things you need to know before getting started! From picking your topic to creating a business plan, we'll go through it all. Rebecca shares her expertise on how to and what makes a coaching company successful.
So, come on! Let's dive in.
"The biggest thing that I love to see, the biggest change that I like to see them leave with, is actually having confidence about their business." - Rebecca Tracey
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Rebecca Tracey and her entrepreneurial origins (what it took to be where she is now) * Why it's important to keep taking action even when you're unsure * Rebecca's insight on experience vs overthinking * How to overcome your fear of hiring a team (when you're so used to running the show solo) * How confidence can help you get you to where you want to be * Why you need to trust your team and how it compounds to your business success
Oh, my gosh... have I got an amazing episode to share with you this week! Sharing her insight on the show is none other than visibility strategist, coach, and consultant - Allie Bjerk.
Allie spent years working for corporate web development and internet marketing agencies before launching her business, managing SEO and social media departments, teaching marketing, and training new agency employees. But everything changed when she became a mom... after the birth of her first baby and a debilitating battle with postpartum anxiety - Allie decided to transform her life and never look back. Now, she lives an adventure and travel-filled life at peace in Northern Minnesota with her husband and three young children.
Allie is passionate about helping women business owners end the hustle, simplify their visibility strategies, and make more money with less stress using what she calls "Tiny Offers." She's also a funnel expert and has used her marketing agency experience to help entrepreneurs achieve their goals through programs focused on tiny offers strategies. In other words, she knows her stuff when it comes to growing a business!
So, whether you're just starting out in business or you've been in business for a while and you're looking to take things to the next level, this episode is for you, my friend.
"Everybody's time is for sale for the right amount. I guess, for most people, you should be able to get something from them, if you're willing to pay for it." - Allie Bjerk
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How Allie Bjerk's entrepreneurial journey started * Why having a healthy mindset is key to gracefully handling your business success * What does personal growth have to do with business growth * The advantage of taking part of a group program or mastermind * Why a well-rounded content marketing strategy is vital to your business' visibility * Allie's insight on how she balances her role as a mom and an entrepreneur
More resources to help you uplevel your mindset and business: * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability * Monthly Finance Habits for Better Numbers in 2022 * Growing Your Wealth Mindset * 3 Biggest, Hardest Lessons of Building a Million Dollar Business * How to Create Intention and Flow in Your Business and At Home * How We’ve Grown 400% in 4 Years
As your business grows, it's important to remember that it is NOT your baby. You cannot coddle your business and expect it to thrive - you have to put it to work and make sure that it's bringing in the $$$$$. But no matter how much pride and joy it brings you, your business is and will always be a separate entity - and should be treated as such.
So, let me say this again:
Your business is not a baby. It should not require your full, undivided attention. A business that needs you this much will lead to burnout - and trust me, nobody wants that.
Here are three things that we did to take our business from baby to well-oiled machine: 1. AUTOMATE One of the best ways to ensure that your business runs smoothly is to automate as many tasks as possible. This could mean setting up automated emails, automating your social media posts, or using a CRM to automate your sales process. By automating these tasks, you'll free up time for more important things (you know, like growing your business!).
-
HIRE THE RIGHT PEOPLE Another way to take your business to the next level is to make sure you have the right people on your team. This means finding and investing in people with the experience, mindset, and skills necessary to help your business grow. It also means finding people who share your vision and are on board with your company culture.
-
CREATE A ROUTINE Finally, it's important to create a routine for your business. Set aside certain days or times of the day for specific tasks. Create a checklist of tasks that need to be completed like clockwork each day/week/month. Build a routine that helps ensure that no task is overlooked and that your business runs like a fuel-efficient race car.
So, when you get the urge to treat your business as you would an adorable, precious, and demanding baby...
You need to remind yourself, that your business is an organization that's composed of highly capable individuals. Remember its purpose: to bring you time and financial freedom, serve your audience, and hopefully, make the world a better place.
P.S. Are you ready to un-baby your business yet? Tune in to this week's episode for the full scoop on how we used these 3 strategies to transform 100 Degrees into the thriving 7-figure business that it is today!
"Do you really want your business to be your baby? Demanding, needy, full of responsibilities that only you can fulfill. That's a hard no, right? I don't want a business that needs me 24/7 to make it happy." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Why we need to stop coddling our businesses * The 3 things we did that helped turn the business from needy baby to well-oiled machine
More resources to help you uplevel your mindset and business: * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability * Monthly Finance Habits for Better Numbers in 2022 * Growing Your Wealth Mindset * 3 Biggest, Hardest Lessons of Building a Million Dollar Business * How to Create Intention and Flow in Your Business and At Home * How We’ve Grown 400% in 4 Years
In this episode, we're going to be talking about the three things you should do every month in Quickbooks. These are really important things to keep on top of, in order to make sure that your business finances are in good shape. But don't worry, I won't get all technical here! In fact, if you listen to this episode, you'll find out that tracking your numbers doesn't take quite as much time as you think it does. Here's a brief overview of how your monthly Quickbook habit should look like: 1. Make sure that all of your bank accounts and credit cards associated with your business are integrated to your Quickbooks. Doing so will help you keep track of your numbers more efficiently. 2. Reconcile your bank accounts. The data that's in your Quickbooks and your bank account should match. Something I learned the hard way was that Quickbooks isn't quite as smart as it thinks it is. Sometimes it will categorize items wrong, sometimes it might even duplicate things by mistake. So, make it a habit to go through your transactions and add in the details on what those transactions were. This will ensure that the numbers on both end are accurate.
- Don't forget to run your reports! Look at your Profit and Loss statements and your balance sheet every single month. This allows you to monitor and assess your company's assets and liabilities.
So, really... there's barely any math involved here since Quickbooks does most of it for you. All you need to do now is to run your Quickbooks account (at least once every month) update it with your month's numbers, and review the reports.
Want to learn more on the steps I take to implement these three things for my business and as well as my clients? Make sure you tune in to this episode! I'll go over each one in detail and explain how it can help you keep your business finances in check. Promise, it's not as daunting as it sounds!
"Quickbooks can help you get some really good insight into your business finances, if it's used correctly and timely." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Why debt is not all that bad * How to tell if you're ready (or not ready) for business debt * Things you can do to lower the potential risks that come with business debt
More resources to help you manage your finances more efficiently: * Improve Your Bookkeeping in Three Steps * How to Build Good Money Habits That Stick * How to Track Restricted Funds Using Classes in Quickbooks Online * What You Should Do Next With Your Finances * 7 Best Business Tools to Boost Efficiency & Profitability
"Is it ever okay to take on debt in my business? Should I get a loan? Should I use a credit card in my business?"
A lot of financial gurus will say that any debt is bad, but I don’t believe that to be true. I wouldn't be where I am today if I hadn't gone to undergrad and grad school, and in order for me to do that, I needed to take on student loans.
Now, everybody has their own personal opinion on debt, and I'm not judging your decisions. I'm not here to tell you your way is right or wrong. After all, there is a time and a place for debt in your life and in your business.
But regardless of your approach when it comes to making these decisions, one thing's for sure: WE NEED TO USE BUSINESS LOANS RESPONSIBLY.
In this episode, I share my thoughts on business debt and offer useful tips on how to use debt responsibly in your business.
"Overspending often leads to taking on debt with a false hope that this magical cash influx is going to change your habits and solve all of your problems." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Why debt is not all that bad * How to tell if you're ready (or not ready) for business debt * Things you can do to lower the potential risks that come with business debt
More resources to help improve your finance habits: * Using Intuition & Numbers to Make Decisions * How to Build Good Money Habits That Stick * Improve Your Bookkeeping in Three Steps
If you're looking to grow your wealth mindset, then you've got to hear about Natalie Bullen of Unapologetic Wealth.
Natalie is a financial advisor who has made the jump to full-time entrepreneur! So, you can bet your money that she can navigate her way around wealth and the mindset necessary to grow it. But first, here's some juicy details about Natalie and how she's serving entrepreneurs around the world...
Natalie Bullen is the CEO and Founder of Unapologetic Wealth, a coaching and consulting firm that helps women, especially women of color, step into the wealth that they deserve and desire. She also owns and leads Unapologetic Wealth Management, a soon to be financial advisory firm, where she works with people one-on-one as their financial planner - to actually give them the tactical steps to grow and protect their wealth.
In this episode, we explore how to grow our wealth mindset and why it's so important. Natalie shares her own story of becoming a full-time entrepreneur as well as tips on how to improve your wealth mindset. We also dive deep into what generational wealth is and why it's important for business owners to start thinking about it.
There's so much to unpack in this episode. Just SOOO much amazing insights on wealth, mindset, and business. You really don't want to miss this!
"You should be wary of anybody who pitches themselves as like the magic bullet to your money." - Natalie Bullen
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Natalie Bullen from financial advisor to full-time entrepreneur * The difference between financial advice vs accounting vs bookkeeping * Why being rich is a lot like getting married * Tips on how to improve your wealth mindset * Exploring how we feel about money growing up * What is generational wealth * How can we start thinking about generational wealth as business owners * Why getting yourself insured and setting up your will is vital for protecting and growing your generational wealth * Natalie's marketing strategy and how to emulate it
Links mentioned in this episode: * Connect with Natalie Bullen on social: Instagram, LinkedIN * Unapologetic Wealth - The BOLD Academy * Friend Filter app
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
You hear me talk all the time about how important it is to know your numbers as a business owner. But you may be thinking, well, how in the world do I do that? Where do I even begin? So, I have a free resource for you!
The Profit Playbook is an amazing template that you spend about 15 minutes getting it all set up. And you can literally see into the future of your business revenue, expenses, cash flow, just like a crystal ball. It is a huge resource that will absolutely help you create a roadmap to reach your goals in your business.
It's FREE so make sure you download it now!
READY TO STEP OUTSIDE YOUR COMFORT ZONE AND MAKE A BIGGER IMPACT? Click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Click here to read the full transcript.
Everybody wants to give us advice on how to succeed, but rarely do we get taught how to handle failure in business. And I think, this is where most entrepreneurs end up quitting. They're quitting their business because they don't know how to handle failure and they opt for the next non-business adventure.
And really, it's a shame because failure isn't the end. It is a new beginning and if you choose to frame it that way, you're going to find success in any situation.
Successful entrepreneurs don't succeed in spite of failing, but rather, they succeed because they have failed in their past ventures. Failing helped them learn what needed to be done better, what needed to be adjusted, and kept going.
And that's the thing! A lot of times when we think we're failing, but it's mostly because we're measuring ourselves against someone else's success.
PSA: OTHER PEOPLE'S METRICS ARE IRRELEVANT TO YOU. THE MOST IMPORTANT MEASURING STICK TO USE IS YOUR OWN.
So, how can we fail better? How can we be mindful when faced with situations that make us want to give up completely?
Join me in this episode, as I share my insight on how to handle failure in business!
Let's talk about how a CFO can help you understand industry benchmarks and apply it in your own business or organization.
"A lot of times when we think we're failing, it's only because we're measuring ourselves against someone else's success." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Why you need to focus on your own metrics * How a CFO can help you understand your metrics for better outcomes * Why failing isn't as bad as you think it is
Links mentioned in this episode: * Using Intuition & Numbers to Make Decisions * How to Build Good Money Habits That Stick * The Best Morning and Afternoon Routines for Ease and Efficiency
As entrepreneurs, we often find ourselves in situations where our intuition is saying something LOUD and CLEAR, but our brain will try to rationalize or overthink scenarios to the point of second-guessing ourselves. This is especially true for entrepreneurs who are new to being at the helm of their businesses. After all, there's just some things we have to learn through real life experience, right?
So, how do you find that sweet spot? You know, where you listen to your gut without giving your brain a panic attack?
PAIR YOUR INTUITION WITH FORECASTING! That's right! You can forecast and make reasonably accurate predictions to help you make bold, yet calculated moves. And it only takes a little bit of effort and some math (yes, MATH... there, I said it) to get you there.
Joining me in this episode to share her thoughts on intuition, numbers, and getting things done is my dear friend and fellow entrepreneur, Shay Brown from The Bucketlist Bombshells.
Shay Brown is the Co-founder and Chief Operations Officer at Bucketlist Bombshells. Shay has a degree in entrepreneurship, a knack for business operations, sales strategy and mentorship. So, it's no surprise her passion for women starting their own companies is what gets her out of bed every morning and ready to work!
Now, Bucketlist Bombshells is a multi-million dollar business education company, where Shay and her Business Partner and Co-founder - Cassie Torrecillas are business strategists and educators for the next generation of female entrepreneurs.
Together, they teach and support more than 100,000 women around the world with foundational skills + provide them with a roadmap to success. That’s because Shay and Cassie believe that a career designed to prioritize joy, adventure, and purpose is achievable for all women without sacrificing financial stability.
Now, who would have thought that these two Millennials would trade traveling the world on a backpackers budget for a global success story? And all from a laptop in the corner of a coffee shop?!
Seriously, this was such an amazing conversation full of golden nuggets!
So, make sure you tune in to learn all about Shay Brown's thoughts on entrepreneurship, how to use intuition and numbers to make decisions, why forecasting is an indispensable tool and how it can help perfectionists get unstuck.
"Forecasting are reasonable assumptions. I can reasonably assume that I will hit these profit targets, because this is based on historical data." - Shay Brown
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Shay Brown shares the Bucketlist Bombshells origin story * Forecasting tips for recovering perfectionists * How to use your historical data to reasonably peer into the future * Understanding your season: growth vs stability
Links mentioned in this episode: Bucketlist Bombshells on Social Media: Instragram, Facebook, Pinterest, and YouTube
I've been getting this question lately, and so I felt compelled to share my daily routine for ease and efficiency!
As an Enneagram 3 (and a Capricorn at that!), routine and plans are my love language. I love it when my mind is clear on the objective and my steps are all meticulously laid out for maximum efficiency.
But anyone with a small child would agree that it's quite a miracle to actually go through a perfectly planned routine! Like, it's almost as if they have a sixth sense that fires up when you're trying to do something without them.
I used to be the person who wakes up at 5AM, meditates, and has a cup of tea in peace. Like, if you asked me what my ideal morning would be like, that’s definitely how mine would play out. That has not been the case recently and I felt like it's important that we talked about these things simply because there seems to be this misconception that if you don't have a productive morning routine, then you're lazy and the day is wasted.
And, to me, I find it a little outrageous that some people would judge others because they're not morning people or because they don't do yoga or whatever. When in truth a lot of women, especially moms, already have their plates full. That added pressure doesn't seem fair.
I know, I know. I need to make time or else I'm never going to do it, but that's just not possible for a lot of people for lots of different reasons and phases in their life.
And so, I wanted to share this episode to give you a sneak peek into how I go about my day and all the routines that worked best + stuck with me the most!
Mornings:
- Wake up before my kids.
- Do some journaling / reading.
- Don't touch my phone.
Afternoons (also my end of the workday):
- Try and not schedule meetings until the very last minute of my workday.
- Do a final scan of my email and file things away that don't require my immediate attention.
- Check off anything that got done for the day and update due dates, if needed.
- Tidy up my desk.
Building my business and working from home has been one of the most liberating decisions I've made in my life, but it also comes with its own learning moments.
Here are some of the things I've learned about routines (and how to do it with ease and efficiency): * You can build a routine, but that doesn't mean you'll be able to follow it perfectly every day. * Just because you're not following your routine one day doesn't mean it's wasted and you should feel bad about yourself. * Routine is something we can work on later down the road, when children get older. And so it's worth it to not stress about getting one in place today. * There are only so many hours in the day and having a routine means you can maximize your time better. * The longer you work at something, the easier it becomes. * Building routine is a marathon and not a sprint! * We have to give ourselves grace for building routine because it takes time to adjust to anything new that comes into our lives. * Let go of perfectionism, but focus more on progression.
I hope this episode is helpful for those of you who struggle with building a routine with ease and efficiency! I promise it gets easier with each passing year, but it does require a lot of patience.
If this episode resonated with you at all, go ahead and leave a comment below, or follow me on Instagram and let's chat!
"Try to be consistent with your morning process and you will go into the day feeling so much lighter and just feeling a lot more at ease."
- Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * What I do to have an easy and efficient morning * Some of the things I avoid doing to make my days less stressful
Links mentioned in this episode: * 4 Tips to Manage Your Emails * From 100 Hour Work Weeks to 20 Hour Work Weeks with Laura Murphy
Are you struggling to get your business organized? Are you working long hours, but not seeing the results you want? Do you know the ins and outs of your processes? Or are you on the brink of burnout from working way too much, way too fast - ALL THE TIME?
"I thought becoming an entrepreneur, starting and running a business would lead me to freedom. This is not what I signed up for!"
Yeah... we get it, friend.
In fact, there are a lot of small business owners out there who are in the exact same boat. (I've been there and it was not fun. 10/10 do not recommend).
And so, I wanted us to share a conversation with an expert who understands the common denominator when it comes to healthy and successful businesses - and those are great workflows and systems.
Joining me in this episode is my good friend, Laura Murphy. Laura is a multi-passionate serial entrepreneur and is the founder of Laura Lee Creative, a creative business consultancy. She helps entrepreneurs and creatives to identify their passions, define their goals and create effective workflows & systems that will enable them to live a life on their own terms.
Laura breaks it down for us today, sharing just how vital workflow systems are for business owners and how it can help visionaries work less, but achieve more!
"What is the point of being an entrepreneur, if you don't have freedom or you are running yourself into the ground?"
- Laura Murphy
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Laura Murphy shares her entrepreneurial journey (and how she branched out to doing systems and coaching) * Why you need to start building out your standard operating procedures * Overcoming the overwhelm through efficient outsourcing * What to do to get your workflows more streamlined * A Brief Intro to the 4 S System by Laura Murphy * Breaking the unhealthy cycle of the hustle and grind culture * Journaling and how it can help guide you through your emotions
Links mentioned in this episode: * Laura Lee Creative * The E-Myth Revisited (Why Most Small Businesses Don't Work and What to Do About It) by Michael E. Gerber * Laura Murphy on social media: Instagram, Pinterest, Facebook
Recently, I spoke with Ellen Yin and she shared the magnificent effects of being transparent in how she’s running her business. That means Ellen consistently and intentionally shares how much she spends, makes, and gives away with everyone. Ellen says that she did this in order to give her audience a realistic view on how a business makes and can spend revenue. Now, I'm not really comfortable with sharing it with my audience, but what I do want to discuss today is how much it can benefit your business when you're sharing your numbers with your team.
How so? Well, it makes your team feel more connected and invested with your business. It gives them the opportunity to see ahead and show them how their contributions are moving the business forward.
This is not to say that you’re going to be sharing financial information like your checking account number or the pin to your accounts… NO! That’s not… literally, don’t do that, okay?!
In this episode, we're going to talk about how you can share your numbers in a way that makes sense for key team members and help them understand what's happening at any given point in time.
I'm really excited to have this conversation with you today, so I highly recommend that you tune in, because I know it will help us all get better at communicating our numbers effectively with our team!
"When you're more transparent with your financials, you're going to get a greater sense of ownership from the team."
- Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Understanding WHO needs to know your business numbers * Think about WHAT numbers you're going to share * WHEN should you be sharing financial information with your team * Figuring out HOW to share financial information effectively
Links mentioned in this episode: * Episode 44 with Ellen Yin
Digital marketing can be challenging and frustrating because it's constantly changing and evolving.
You have Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, Twitter, Reddit. Sooo many platforms to choose from and so many unexpected variables to watch out for. You've got bug fixes, interface updates, new rules, and the ever shifting algorithm to keep up with. Just when you thought you got it figured out... BAM! Something new. So, it's not a stretch to say that even the most seasoned nonprofit marketer can get overwhelmed with all this!
But, hey! Just because digital marketing is not particularly easy, doesn't mean that you should avoid it. There are still plenty of ways for nonprofits to cut through the noise and learn how to use digital marketing effectively without being forced to use ALL of the marketing platforms all at once.
And this is exactly what our featured guest, Dana Snyder, will talk about on the show today! Dana is an entrepreneur, digital strategist, and passionate conscious consumer. She founded her digital marketing agency, Positive Equation in 2017. Positive Equation helps nonprofit organizations harness the power of digital marketing to raise more funds and contribute to making the world an exponentially better place. Dana has been a featured speaker at We Are For Good, WISE Los Angeles, YNPN, Television Academy Foundation, Nonprofit Web Advisor, Sprout Social, Givebutter, Dress For Success, and MANY more.
So, join us in this episode, as Dana shares her innovative and refreshing insight on how nonprofits can boost their fundraising efforts, how to cut through digital marketing overwhelm, and why you don't necessarily need to be on ALL the social media platforms to grow your impact.
"You don't want to be throwing spaghetti on the wall, you want to know strategically what social media content and metrics are going to align with your business goals, so that you're focusing and you're putting that spend in the right buckets, and focusing on the right platforms and tools." - Dana Snyder
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How Dana Snyder started her digital marketing career * What goes into a digital marketing budget? * Online events, what's good and what works * Would digital marketing for nonprofits also work for small businesses? * Top social media platforms and how to leverage them
Links mentioned in this episode: * Positive Equation * Dana's 2022 Nonprofit Marketing Retreat (February 26 & 27th, 2022) * Good Is the New Cool: Market Like You Give a Damn
More episodes like this: * Allison Hardy on How to Create Intention and Flow in Your Business and At Home * Jaclyn Mellone on How to Be an Authority in Your Field (It’s Not About Going Viral!) * Molly Stillman on How to Build Your Brand Consistently and Intentionally * Jon McCoy & Becky Endicott: Two Marketers Disrupting the Nonprofit World * Building a Business Strategically Using Instagram with Christina Galbato * The Four Elements of a Personal Brand with Mike Kim
Are you looking for some life-altering money mindset and management books to uplevel your personal life and career in 2022? Say no more because I got you, friend! In fact, reading, talking about books, and sharing my to-read list is one of my simple pleasures in life. So, consider me your book connoisseur of the day! (beaming with excitement)
Ah, but don't worry! I'm not going to recommend a whole library to read over the weekend. I'll start you off with a manageable list of 5 and you can tell me what you think after? (wink)
So, these 5 books I'm recommending were written by people who have had great successes in their lives, but have also struggled along the way and persevered despite their circumstances. And I don't know about you, but reading books from people like Rachel Rogers make me feel seen and my own experiences feel validated. Like, I can't think of a better teacher than someone who knows what it's like not having enough time or not having enough energy or not having enough motivation or any of those things AND SUCCEED.
So, just a heads up, the books I'm talking about today are:
- We Should All Be Millionaires by Rachel Rogers
- The Big Leap by Gay Hendricks
- Dare to Lead by Brene Brown
- Profit First by Mike Michalowicz
- I Will Teach You to Be Rich by Ramit Sethi
I love these books, so much so that I've even read some of them more than once. But also because revisiting them from time to time has helped me analyze lessons past with a fresh perspective!
Trust me, these babies (the books!) are a total game-changer. You're going to learn so much about yourself as well as how you can manage your finances in a more effective way, so that you can get the most out of life while still staying true to your passion and purpose.
Sound good? You ready for this? Let's get to it then!
"None of these books I'm recommending are about becoming rich for the sake of being rich... it's about how to use your money & your financial management to really have not just wealth, but also more abundance & joy in your life." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * The 5 money mindset and management books that will change your life * Why I highly recommend these money and mindset books to everyone I know
Links mentioned in this episode: * My Hot Take on Profit First
More great money management-themed articles from 100 Degrees Consulting: * 3 ways to ensure a smooth-as-butter audit * How to Create a Monthly Finance Routine * How to Improve Your Bookkeeping in Three Steps
Ever heard of Profit First by Mike Michalowicz? It's a great resource for people who want to... (leans closer) GET PAID while running their business! However, if you're like most small business owners, you probably think of profit as something that comes after expenses have been set aside. And that's not a good practice to bring into this fresh year.
Do we need to make sacrifices to keep our business running? Yes, running a business does take a certain amount of sacrifice, but constantly placing yourself at the bottom of YOUR list will only lead to resentment and burnout.
So, what can we do about this? How do you make profit a part of your everyday business?
Well, what if there was a way to make it so that you could actually see how much money you were making every day? That's where Profit First comes in!
Join me in this episode as I share all I know about Profit First: its core principles, how to implement it in your business, what I love about it + what I don't particularly love, along with some real-world applications to get you more confident in your numbers this 2022.
"Work expands to the time that you’re given, the same thing is true with money. Your business expenses are going to expand to the amount that you give them." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * The core principles of Profit First * How we use some of these principles in our business * What I think are the pros and cons of using Profit First * Practical applications of Profit First and the Profit Playbook
Links mentioned in this episode: * Profit First by Mike Michalowicz
More great reads from 100 Degrees Consulting: * How to Improve Your Bookkeeping in Three Steps * 3 ways to ensure a smooth-as-butter audit * How to Create a Monthly Finance Routine
As the year draws to a close, a lot of you have reached out and asked me what you can do to significantly improve your bookkeeping.
Now, I know that math isn't as fun for most people as it is for me, but this doesn't mean that you can't make simple shifts in your business to make your bookkeeping less daunting!
So, hear me out, my friend and let me share 3 actionable + simple steps on how you can be more intentional and improve your bookkeeping practices for 2022 (and the years to come)!
Improve your bookkeeping for better analysis of your numbers: 1. First of, you'll need to review your chart of accounts and customize it to your business. We're using QuickBooks and it's one of the easiest ways to track and organize your numbers regardless if you have a bookkeeper in your team or not. 2. Use classes in QuickBooks to sort and categorize items in your business at a granular level. This helps in creating an overview of your deparment's revenue and expenses! 3. You can run better reports by having comparative data handy and notating your budget in your QuickBooks. This means you need to track your numbers accurately so that you have something to measure against when you're trying to figure out how much your numbers have progressed.
Bookkeeping doesn't have to be complicated and I'm here to show you how. So, make sure you tune in to this episode to learn more about practical applications for each of these steps!
"Don't think of the budget as something limiting. Your budget is just your goals that you have set at a certain point in time. And then throughout the year, we're just going to measure against that set of goals." - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How to review your chart of accounts and customize it to your business * Why you should use classes and how it will help you with running P&L by departments * What you need to start running better reports * How to shift your perspective on budgeting
More resources to help you improve your bookkeeping: * What You Should Do Next With Your Finances * 8 Questions to Ask When Hiring a Bookkeeper * 3 ways to ensure a smooth-as-butter audit
If you’re an entrepreneur, then you know that the journey to building a million dollar business is definitely not an easy one! It takes a considerable amount of trial and error to get things working just the way you want it. And sometimes, if we're not careful, impostor syndrome can set in! But as John Wooden once said, "Good things take time, as they should. We shouldn’t expect good things to happen overnight. Actually, getting something too easily or too soon can cheapen the outcome.”
But what does it take to be a successful business owner?
- You need to be willing to work hard and make sacrifices in order for your business to grow.
- You need to surround yourself with highly capable and reliable individuals that believe in your mission.
- And most importantly, you have to be relentless in pursuing your goals!
Ahh... I bet you're thinking, "Stephanie, aren't these 3 things a given? What else can I do to make 2022 a better year?"
So, join me in this episode, as I share the biggest lessons that helped me speed up the process and get that much closer to building a million dollar business: * The first lesson is about investing in your team members so they can do their jobs well and feel empowered at work. * Next is creating and streamlining systems + internal infrastructure within your organization so it runs like clockwork even when you’re not around. (Because we all know how important it is for entrepreneurs to spend time on growing their businesses rather than wasting time doing administrative tasks themselves!) * And finally, the third lesson: hiring coaches or mentors who can guide us through difficult times and provide us with valuable advice. This helps us take significantly less time to discover and understand what we might otherwise never thought of ourselves.
These lessons were such a game-changer for me and I'm sure that these will help make 2022 your year of greater growth and abundance!
"I was very intentional about all four of those things: how I was going to make my money, how I was going to invest it, how I would donate it, and how I would save it. And because of that, we have hit our financial goals for the year!" - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * My 5 goals were this year and how I achieved most of them * What does building a million dollar business mean for us * Why you should invest in your team * The 3 Biggest, Hardest Lessons of Building a Million Dollar Business in 2021
Links mentioned in this episode: * Cultivate What Matters Powersheets * Episode 38: What to Do with a Cash Windfall * Episode 41: Investing in Your Business Infrastructure to Build a Team with Amy Northard
If you're like most small business owners, you probably keep your finances close to the vest. You may not want to share how much money you're making, or even how much you're spending. But Ellen Yin is breaking that mold! Not only is she open about her business income, Ellen also she believes it's one of the reasons her business has been successful.
As a self described accidental entrepreneur, Ellen Yin, landed her first client a month into her job search and decided she would never submit another resume again!
Ellen profitably went from a scrappy, bootstrapped business project into a streamlined seven-figures company. A milestone only 2% of female founders ever achieve, and one that feels especially momentous as a first generation Asian American!
To date, Ellen Yin has served over 9,000 entrepreneurs and brands through her online courses and marketing agency services. Her online membership teaches solopreneurs who offer clients services, how to make their first $10,000 month without a large audience or posting every day.
She also hosts the award-winning Cubicle to CEO podcast rated a new and noteworthy show by Apple podcasts during its release week. It has been downloaded in over 100 countries worldwide, as well as charting and multiple top 50 entrepreneurship podcast rankings. I mean, talk about #goals!
Ellen's remarkable business insights have also been featured in Forbes and on the Today's Show with Hoda and Jenna. In addition to publications like Yahoo Finance, MSN, Data Bird, Business Journal, Thrive Global, Her Money, and Blog Her.
Long story short, Ellen is the G.O.A.T (greatest of all time)!
So, join us in this episode as we talk about how Ellen made her way into seven figures in revenue while still maintaining this down-to-earth perspective on what really matters when scaling a business!
"Numbers can tell a story, but if you don't have the context, it's very difficult to understand the truth behind that story." - Ellen Yin
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How Ellen Yin escaped the office cubicle to become a CEO * What it's like to have both an online business and a dedicated physical space for your business * How listening to your intuition and the data is a skill every entrepreneur should master * Why Ellen performs quarterly income reports and shares it with her audience * Overcoming the fear of being transparent about your business income * Key metrics and benchmarks that Ellen likes to focus on her business financial reports
Links mentioned in this episode: * Cubicle to CEO Podcast with Ellen Yin * Ellen's Website * Ellen Yin on Instagram
Our featured expert this week, Allison Hardy, knows a trick or two when it comes to running a business and a full household - I mean, she's a mompreneur herself, after all!
I've been following Allison for a couple of years now. I don't know why, but it feels like I share this weird kinship with her. I invited her here because I know that she does a phenomenal job at giving actionable tips when it comes to marketing, social media, sales funnels, and all the other things that make my head spin in circles.
For those of you who don't know, Allison Hardy is a mompreneur/business strategist with a passion for helping other mompreneurs make their dreams come true by simplifying and streamlining the processes of running a successful 6-figure company.
She actually invited me to share my thoughts about finance and a bunch of other fun stuff over at her podcast, The Six Figure Mompreneur, a couple of years ago. It's an amazing place to learn great business strategies from a variety of experts who also happen to be mompreneurs themselves!
TSFM has over 250 podcast episodes and continues to air every Monday. It has been featured in Huffington Post, as well as YFS Magazine, where Allison was named one Washington DC's most influential professionals under 40 years old.
Can you imagine just how highly anticipated this conversation was, especially since Allison and I have grown so much since the last time we got together?
We had so much fun recording this episode, trading business tips, sharing our personal experiences as mompreneurs, and even our enneagram types. To be honest, I feel like we could have gone on and on and on.
So, we hope you can join us again today, as we dive into the wonderful world of marketing automations and how mom-preneurs everywhere can create some semblance of flow and routine by being more intentional with how we manage our business and our household.
There's a lot of insight to unpack here, so let's get to it!
I have a philosophy that you should be your best client. So I try to show that journey and what that looks like." - Allison Hardy
"The amount of time doesn't matter, its the intention and presence that matters even more." - Stephanie Skryzowski
"When we get a stranger on the internet, a quick win, they're going to be yours. They're going to listen and they're gonna pay attention." - Allison Hardy
What you’ll learn in this episode: * The beauty of starting your email list early * Why you need lead generators and how it can grow your email list * How do you choose which lead generators to use for your business * What is a slow funnel aka self-liquidating offer funnel * The complex anatomy of a slow funnel * How to set the intention and flow in your business and at home * Parenting as an entrepreneur: the value of presence over time * Allison Hardy's insight on why nurturing your mental health is super important
Links mentioned in this episode: * Episode #124: Anything is possible with Stephanie Skryzowski * Allison Hardy's FREE guide to 34 places to promote your lead magnet * 6-Figure Mompreneur Podcast
As this year comes to a close, I bet a lot of you are reflecting on what you should do next with your finances.
Maybe you just started your business, or you came across substantial growth, or perhaps you're right smack in the middle... regardless of what phase your business is in right now, you're going to need to start implementing...
My 5 actionable steps to make the most out of your finances: 1. Open up a business bank account. 2. Set up Quickbooks. 3. Start forecasting. 4. Hire a bookkeeper. 5. Hire a CFO.
I'll be guiding you through these steps and which phases usually requires certain action. But don't worry! We'll be starting out with some easy + beginner-friendly advice, and then we can wind our way up to the more advanced entrepreneurial steps.
So, if you've been lagging behind on how you can best support your business' finance department, then you should definitely give this episode a listen!
"I really love the phrase 'Begin as you mean to go on'. Set things up now, for the business owner that you want to be 6 months or a year from now."
- Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode:
- What you should do next with your business finances
- Why you need to open a business bank account
- Quickbooks and how it will help streamline your finances
- What is a forecast and why you should start implementing them in your biz
- Do you need a bookkeeper or a CFO? What's the difference?
Links mentioned in this episode:
- FREE Profit Playbook
- The 4 Finance Pros You Need in Your Business
I'm so hyped to share this episode because I've got my good friend and fellow finance nerd, Amy Northard, joining me on the show!
Amy is a certified public accountant (aka a CPA!), who specializes in working with creative small business owners to make taxes and bookkeeping less stressful. She's the amazing woman behind The Accountant for Creatives. They help small business owners wade through all the financial stuff it takes to start and operate a business. You know, so they can focus on their craft!
In addition to preparing tax returns and bookkeeping for their clients all over the US, Amy also enjoys teaching small businesses financial basics, through her online course “Be Your Own CFO”.
Amy and I are actually in a very similar line of work when it comes to managing the numbers for small business owners. And I've really been following along with her journey online for several years. We even got to meet in person at a conference a couple years ago! Amy has been such a delight back then and even more so now. If you know her, I bet you agree that there's so much to learn from her and she's also really fun to share insights with.
Join us today, as we talk all about Amy's journey as an accountant, how she started out, how she came to have this amazing lifestyle business that she runs today. We also focused a lot about her team. She shared some of the challenges that she has faced over time and how she weathered them. Plus, what she has done to really help her make huge investments into the infrastructure of her business.
For those of you who struggle with hiring, you'd be pleased to know that she also started out on her own, and now has grown a team with full time employees. Imagine hiring FULL TIME employees vs hiring contractors. That's a big leap, but one that's possible for your business too!
So, tune in, friends. It's going to be another information-packed conversation and as always, I'm so excited to share this with you all!
"We want long term employees, not short turnover employees who are just here until they find the next better thing - we're hoping to be the next better thing."
- Amy Northard
"Instead of constantly just chasing more, more, more, more, more, spend some time focusing on the clients that you do have.
Nail down that client experience before you go out and take on more."
- Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode:
- How Amy Northard became The Accountant for Creatives
- How do you know when you're ready to hire and grow your team
- Why Amy made the switch from hiring contractors to employees
- Why you need to be more proactive in building a team
- The advantage of setting up a client waitlist system for your business
- Amy's insight on team retreats and why it's a good business investment
Links mentioned in this episode:
- The Accountant for Creatives
- How Do I Reach a Real Person at the IRS?
- Amy Northard on social media: Instagram, Twitter, and Facebook
If you ask me, I find that there are a lot of ways to find massive expansion in your career and uplevel your life. You can soak in new ideas by reading insightful articles, books, and go full research mode. You can listen to podcasts, attend live events, and invest in learning new skills. But you know what is often left out of the equation?
Just how much we can learn from uncomfortable situations! Now, I'm not gonna lie, I do have my fair share of moments where things just didn't feel right. Like I wasn't meant to be there. Like I wasn't qualified to be there.
Did I want to leave? YES. Did I want to melt into a puddle of goo and just slip out the door? Definitely! But what ultimately stopped me from quitting was the realization that, oftentimes, these moments of discomfort are exactly what we need to break the mold. It made me realize that beyond this discomfort, these sick-to-your-stomach feelings, is where I'll find something extraordinary.
And so, let me put on my storyteller hat today, because I don't think we talk enough about how important it is that we embrace this phase in our journey.
If you've been itching for a massive expansion in your career, but end up with a crazy amount of 'fight or flight' moments instead, then I urge you to tune in. This episode might just give you the mindset shift you need to push through despite the odds!
"I had a choice, I could have decided that this is not for me, but I didn't. I've decided to push myself through that sick to my stomach feeling. I tried again, learned more, and come back to the table and do it again." - Stephanie Skryzowski
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST? Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
“Is that… Jaclyn Mellone? Go-To Gal, Jaclyn Mellone?! Is she today’s featured guest?”
Oh, why, YES! Yes, it is!!!
Now, before we dive into the marvelous conversation I shared with Jaclyn, let me give you some more inside scoop on who this boss babe is.
So, 6 years ago, Jaclyn was 32, pregnant, and was chasing her two year old… WHILE ALSOOO CHASING SOME CRAZY BIG DREAMS!
She started her business and podcast from her living room in Rochester, New York with a $65 mic and a Zoom account. Today, Jaclyn Mellone is the genius behind Go-To Gal Media and host of the Go-To Gal podcast!
Since then, Jaclyn has been featured in a number of articles by Forbes, Entrepreneur, Yahoo Finance, Reader’s Digest, Parents, and has spoken at marketing conferences around the US. She has also been named one of Forbes Top 21 podcasts for 2021 and is a top 200 marketing podcast on iTunes. Her podcast covers topics ranging from mindset business strategy to the latest marketing tactics.
Jaclyn works with experts around the globe to help them become the go to authority in their space. Her approach combines business strategy with mindset practices to help her clients bust through their blocks and exponentially grow their business. While a lot has changed in six years, Jaclyn and her husband are still chasing around their 5 year old, 8 year old, and 10 year old pup – and Jaclyn is chasing EVEN CRAZIER DREAMS. (And yes, she is still using a $65 mic and swears by her Zoom account!)
So, yeah, Jaclyn is definitely a force to reckon with!
And today, we’ll be focusing on something that all business owners need to invest in – AUTHORITY BUILDING. In other words, how to be the go-to person for whatever it is that you do.
Join us as she debunk myths on authority building, why it’s never about going viral, being famous, or having a huge audience. Jaclyn also shares some of her best tips to help us build authority in our space, and to even figure out what our space is that we want to build authority in!
And full disclosure, I kind of use some of our time today as a coaching session where she gave me some really great pointers on how I can build authority and figure out who our audience is during our session. She really did spill the beans! Ever wanted to be on media features like Forbes, Entrepreneur, Yahoo Finance? This episode has the insight you need to get on the right track
Now that I’ve built the suspense enough, I hope you take the time and enjoy this episode. There’s something in it for everyone. No matter what your niche is, no matter what your specialty, no matter what your expertise or your industry, Jaclyn can help you figure out how to build authority and be that go to person for whatever it is that you do.
So, let’s get down to business, friends!
“Believing that you’re the authority is the most important. If you don’t believe it, they’re not going to believe it either. Your business grows at the speed of your beliefs.” – Jaclyn Mellone
“You have a choice. You can stay quiet and stay small, or you can choose to put yourself out there and experience what you wouldn’t have experienced otherwise.” – Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * How Jaclyne Mellone started her branded business and how it evolved into a personal brand * How to start building authority online * What does building your authority mean and what does it look like * Do you need a big audience to be a go to person for something * How to refine your niche when you want to serve more than one audience * Jaclyne Mellone on how she landed more publicity * Tips on working on building true authentic relationships online * Jaclyne Mellone’s A.R.M.O.R framework
Links mentioned in this episode: * Go-To Gal Podcast with Jaclyn Mellone * Jaclyn Mellone on Instagram
Ever experienced a cash windfall? Did you want our expert take on what you should do with it? Then stick around as I geek about it for a hot minute!
But wait… what IS a cash windfall exactly?
A windfall is an unexpected financial gain. Sometimes it may be from winning the lottery or receiving an inheritance, but that’s not what we’re focusing on in this episode. I’m talking about the kind of windfall where you do your monthly accounting and you find a substantial amount leftover. OR you’ve launched an amazing new product and sales skyrocketed beyond your marketing + financial projections.
So, join me in this solo episode as I share my top 5 CFO recommendations on what you can and should do with a windfall of cash.
"When you get a windfall of cash, whatever that looks like, ask yourself, 'What's really important to me? What do I want to invest in?'" - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode: * What is a cash windfall * Tips on how to best manage your windfall of cash responsibly * How to avoid issues when you've got an influx of unexpected funds
Links mentioned in this episode: * 100 Degrees Consulting's FREE Profit Playbook
Are you a multi-passionate entrepreneur with a multitude of creative irons in the fire? This episode is for you.
Molly Stillman is the founder and creator of Still Being Molly and host of the Business With Purpose Podcast. She's a speaker, teacher, writer, and loud laugher with a passion for inspiring women to know that they were created on purpose, with a purpose, and for a purpose.
Molly and I talk today about her inspiring journey and all of the multi-faceted pieces of her life and business, including ethical and sustainable fashion and how she collaborates with brands. Molly even shares her secrets for how she has consistently published a new podcast episode every single week for 5 years (!). That's more than 250 episodes!
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
We've recently celebrated our 6th year anniversary in business, and I've had several folks reach out to me asking what business tools we use here in 100 Degrees Consulting. So, if you're wondering about the same thing, then this one's for you!
"What are your best tool recommendations for small businesses?"
Grab your favorite beverage, sit down, and let me indulge your curiosity.
The tools I'm featuring on this episode will help you increase your productivity and do more with less. I'll go over business software essentials that will streamline processes, save time, save money, AND best of all, help you stay organized.
From project management to effortless communication to hassle-free payroll and accounting, these 7 business tools will make your day-to-day a lot easier.
What you’ll learn in this episode: * Why Quickbooks is our favorite accounting software * What business tool we use to manage our team's payroll, benefits, and reimbursements * The business tool we use to streamline direct deposits for multiple vendors * Best biz tool to track multiple company credit cards * Our favorite project management tool (it's not ClickUp... yet!) * The Gmail compatible tool I use to schedule emails and create email reminders * Why we use Slack and how using it for quick team updates will save you time
Helpful resources you can check out later: * 4 Tips To Manage Your Email * 4 Strategies to Build a Sustainable Business * 5 Ways to Create Intentional Discomfort in Your Life and Business * How to Create a Monthly Finance Routine * IRS 1099 Forms: How To Get Ahead * 3 ways to ensure a smooth-as-butter audit * Should you take out a business loan?
Joining me in this episode, I have Diane Mayor, a business strategist who helps entrepreneurs build successful lifestyle businesses.
Diane's experience in the finance world has given her an edge when it comes to helping entrepreneurs build successful lifestyle businesses. With over a decade-worth of knowledge, she knows exactly how to take small businesses from decision fatigue and information overwhelm to confidently taking the right action in the right way with the right people for their business!
She's also the host of the Coffee and Converse podcast. I've actually been invited to share my thoughts on, you guessed it, NUMBERS! Sharing a conversation with Diane has been such a delight, that I just haaaad to have her spread her magic here.
I had such a grand time talking with Diane about her journey from working in corporate to embracing her superpower as an innovator. So yes, she is a numbers wiz, like me, but she operates with a truckload-full of ideas and strategies.
As if that's not enough to catch your attention, we're also diving deep into the Wealth Dynamics test, what it's about, what personality types there are, and what my results mean.
(Yep! I took the test before our interview. So, she will legit share her assessment of my Wealth Dynamics personality test results in this episode. Exciting, I know!!)
"What?! Another personality test?" Yes, buckle up, it's another personality test. BUT unlike Strengths Finder, Myers-Briggs, DisC, or the Enneagram, Wealth Dynamics is specifically designed for entrepreneurs to help them find their flow - what they're naturally good at aka their superpower. Which is pretty darn fascinating if you ask me!
So, yeah... super excited for you to listen to this insightful discussion, especially since this episode is a little different from what we've done before here on the podcast.
Without further ado, let's dive into my episode with Diane Mayor, friends!
What you’ll learn in this episode:
- Diane Mayor's journey from working a traditional finance corporate job into full-blown business owner
- What is Wealth Dynamics and how can it help you understand your superpower?
- What kind of AHA moments do Diane's clients get once they complete the Wealth Dynamics: Entrepreneur Personality Test?
- How outsourcing things that aren't your superpower can help you show up at your best
- Diane Mayor shares her assessment of my Wealth Dynamics results, along with her insight on the other 7 profile results
- How is the Wealth Dynamics: Entrepreneur Personality Test different from MBTI, Strengths Finder, and other similar tests
Links mentioned in this episode:
- Episode 20: Why Taking a Solo Business Retreat is a Solid Investment
- The 3 Key Metrics for your Lifestyle Business with Stephanie Skryzowski
- Superpower Decoder (EXCLUSIVE link for 100DC listeners!)
- Coffee and Converse Podcast with Diane Mayor
- Diane Mayor on Social Media: Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook
Not a lot of people know what goes on when they hire a Chief Financial Officer, so I thought, "Hey, why not de-mystify what goes on at a CFO meeting!"
But don't worry, this episode is super light! And we promise to save you from all the heavy finance industry jargons. (After all, nobody has time for that, right?)
In fact, our CFO meetings focuses on just three major reports: last month's profit and loss statement, last month's expenses, and monthly forecast.
If you're curious about understanding the gist of what these reports entail or what it's like working with a CFO, then I highly encourage you to tune in to today's episode.
There's so much to learn in here, plus you can grab our FREE Excel worksheet that we use when we build out client finance forecasts!
Enjoy~
What you’ll learn in this episode:
- What happens during a CFO meeting
- The three things we do for our clients
- What's a profit and loss statement
- Forecasting and what that means for your business
Links mentioned in this episode:
- FREE Profit Playbook
- FINANCE PRO QUIZ
Autumn Witt Boyd and I have known each other since the beginning of both of our businesses. Autumn has been my go-to for my legal needs and I work with her for their CFO-related concerns.
For those of you who don't know, Autumn Witt Boyd is an experienced lawyer. She helps coaches and course creators reach their big goals faster and smarter.
Together with her team at the AWB firm, she helps online businesses understand, protect, and enforce their rights with sophisticated business and intellectual property strategies. They offer plug and play and cost-effective legal protection with their customizable contract templates. But most of all, Autumn is a trusted advisor whom entrepreneurs can rely on for practical, and proactive, advice when they need it.
Autumn also hosts Your Legal Roadmap® podcast, which teaches business owners about the legal issues they may face as they grow a profitable and sustainable business, why they're important, and how others in their shoes have handled them.
So, why are we sharing a conversation with Autumn today? You might say, "I've got a free contract template from an internet search I did so-and-so years ago. It works. I'm all good."
Or "GDPR doesn't affect how I do business online." OR even, "My business is too small to even need legal protections."
I hear you, but that's not exactly a safe, scalable, and sustainable way to run a company.
Not saying you will get sued, but there’s definitely a risk here.
You don't ever want to be in that dire situation before considering getting yourself, your team, your clients, and your business legal coverage.
After all, 'Prevention is better than... getting dragged to court over a contract you cobbled together from Google!"
Now, I know that for most entrepreneurs, conversations around finance and legalities often top the list of topics to avoid. It feels scary because you're not sure where to start. From a non-lawyer's perspective, there's very little information on the repercussions of not having the proper legal protections in place.
And so, I thought that having an actual legal expert like Autumn here on the podcast would help ease some of that confusion. (PS - Autumn doesn't speak in law jargon, so you don't have to worry!)
You’ll learn a lot, so don't forget to tune in, friend!
You have to think like a lawyer here for a minute and think about where things could go wrong in your business. - Autumn Witt Boyd
What you’ll learn in this episode:
- How Autumn Witt Boyd transitioned from working in a traditional law firm to building and running her own firm
- How hiring your own team helps you build your confidence and understand other potential risks that comes with owning a business
- Autumn Boyd's process for managing her numbers in her business and how that knowledge empowers her as she scales further
- How AWB Firm guides entrepreneurs through that discomfort of needing to hire legal experts
- The importance of contracts & why business owners need it
- What are the legal needs of entrepreneurs with six-figures, seven-figures, and even eight-figure businesses
- Autumn Boyd shares her insight on the use of legal templates - who are they for, how it can protect your business, and to what extent
Links mentioned in this episode:
- Legal Road Map® podcast
- Planning for 2021 financial success with Stephanie Skryzowski (S5E168)
- How to write your own contract
I don't know about you, but I love watching business behind the scenes! Not only are these little snippets of another business' extraordinary journey so fun to listen or watch, but it's also such a refreshing way to learn best practices without having to go through the same struggles yourself.
Can you imagine what it would be like to skip as many growth pains as possible and go straight to understanding what's working, what's not working, and how you can implement some of the best strategies for your own business.
Over the years, 100 Degrees Consulting LLC has grown in ways that still feel surreal even today, and we know that the growing and improving doesn't stop at 6-figures!
And so, join me, as I share the four things that we are working on behind-the-scenes to get us to that next level as a business (the illustrious & mysterious 7-figures).
“Hire before you're at full capacity. If you wait until you need someone, it's going to be a lot harder on you and your team. Don't risk overloading and just hire early.” - Stephanie Skryzowski
What you’ll learn in this episode:
- Why we think it’s better to grow your team sooner rather than later
- What we learned from niching down and why it isn’t as scary as you think
- The importance of upgrading the backend of your business
Links mentioned in this episode:
- How We’ve Grown 400% in 4 Years
- We’re Hiring: Client Success Manager
If there's anything that Elizabeth Abel has learned from working in the nonprofit space, it's that philanthropy plays a critical role in uplifting the most vulnerable communities.
But with the pandemic rampaging across the world, how are nonprofits even staying afloat?
I mean, aren't people barely getting by because of the current state of the global economy?
Well, some people might think that charitable institutions and nonprofit efforts have slowed down, but according to Elizabeth, the pandemic has only made the resolve of the givers and the helpers even stronger. In fact, it looks like there's no stopping the outpour of generosity from sponsors and donors, especially when they truly believe and trust a cause!
So, how can nonprofits assure donors that their money is creating positive change + become more effective advocates for social change and social justice?
Elizabeth says that BUILDING A STRONG FUNDRAISING TEAM & CULTURE, is a key factor in inspiring more people who were not initially drawn to philanthropic activities to take action and enable those already working in nonprofit to champion the cause without burning themselves out.
There's a lot to factor in when it comes to this, so join me and my amazing guest - Elizabeth Abel - as we discuss and understand the true essence behind philanthropy, the fundraising landscape during the pandemic, the importance of bridging the communication gap between the finance and fundraising teams, and what it really takes to build a strong fundraising team and culture.
This has been such a wonderful conversation and I'm sure you'll learn a lot, more than the fundraising tips, we also talk about the joy that comes with doing good for others. So, tune in and share it with your inner circle!
"I believe that nonprofits are addressing some of the most important social issues of our time. The gas in their engine is philanthropy and charitable gifts."
- Elizabeth Berni Abel
What you’ll learn in this episode:
- What philanthropy does for nonprofits who are really changing the world.
- Elizabeth Abel’s experiences in the philanthropic landscape and what it’s been like during the pandemic.
- The importance of opening up the doors for communication between finance and fundraising teams.
- Elizabeth’s insight on how to build a strong fundraising team and culture.
- How to fundraise when you don’t have the budget to hire professional staff
- How organizations can leverage storytelling to inspire action.
- Tips on how to pull inspirational stories and what stories to tell.
Links mentioned in this episode:
- Elizabeth Abel on Instagram
- CCS Fundraising: Fundraising Consulting
In this episode, I share a conversation with Jonathan McCoy and Becky Endicott from We Are For Good, about a topic that's near and dear to my heart - nonprofits and changing the world.
I've actually been on their podcast as well and we had SO MUCH FUN. I feel like we could have gone on for hours, they're my newfound besties, and you're going to flip at just how down-to-earth these folks are!
Jon and Becky knew each other since college and both started out their careers in marketing. Becky Endicott was a marketer and writer, while Jon McCoy was a designer. They both served the nonprofit sector through the Oklahoma State University Foundation.
And it was at this formative time, when they were entering into a billion dollar fundraising campaign, that they fell in love with the transformative power of philanthropy.
Can you imagine two ridiculously young, ridiculous idealists, building the marketing for a billion dollar campaign?! Well, long story short, they pulled through and thus began their journey through their fundraising careers.
But this dynamic duo wasn't quite satisfied, they wanted to give back MORE and still have time to be with their families!
I mean, who says they can't have both, right?!
And so, WE ARE FOR GOOD was born.
Join us on this episode as we discuss how they turned their love for philanthropy into a thriving fundraising consultancy business committed to social impact initiatives.
They'll be sharing what it's like to be two marketers in the nonprofit sector, the social impact of fundraising and volunteering, & how they're nurturing the younger generations interested in forging their path in the philanthropic space.
So, make sure you tune in!
In this episode, we explore: * The story behind how Jonathan McCoy & Becky Endicott found and nurtured their passion for philanthropy and fundraising * What it's like building a fundraising consultancy as marketers * How they are serving the younger generation interested in forging their path in the nonprofit sector * Social impact uprisings and how it can lead the world to a more philanthropic place
LINKS MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:
- How to Use Financials to Show Impact - Stephanie Skryzowski
- Ungettable Get List
- Stephanie’s blog post about her nonprofit experience and how you can change the world
- Master Your Nonprofit Numbers
- She’s The First
- We Are For Good on Instagram
- We Are For Good on LinkedIn
- We Are For Good Community
- We Are For Good Workshops
Cailen Ascher did not build a successful 6-figure online coaching business by accident.
There, now you know.
In faaaaact, nobody in the history of anyone-who-has-ever-built-an-online-business-empire could have possibly grown a business by just 'winging it.'
And not to sound like a broken record, but success - true success - requires attention, intention, and action.
Achieving success is by design and, honestly, I just had to discuss this with Cailen because Business and Lifestyle Coaching is her jam!!
If you haven’t heard of Cailen Ascher until recently, she is the amazing creator of Success Made Simple Accelerator™, a program that helps women attract their first clients with ONE high-ticket offer. She is widely known for helping her clients become $100K coaches.
Hold up, how am I acquainted with such a gem of a human, you ask?
Well, Cailen has been one of my favorite people on social media (for like… ever!), and that's not just because she's a kickass coach, but because her triumphs, her struggles, and her journey just resonated so much with me.
I've been on her podcast too and let me tell you... As a mom + entrepreneur myself, I am particularly at awe with how much a soulful business coach with a 3-day workweek has accomplished!
Seriously, sometimes not even a full week can cut it for most of us, and she legit runs her business on full steam in less than half of that.
Like, HOW DID SHE EVEN... (mindblown)
But I digress, that’s enough fangirling for now!
If you're wondering how she's able to transform the lives and businesses of thousands of women, then you better sit snug, turn the volume up, and take notes, my friend...
Because in this episode, we're going to talk all about how honoring your energy can lead you to a life of purpose and abundance!!
In this episode, we explore: * Cailen Ascher's insight on spirituality, mindset, and personal development * What her journey is like as a hands-on mom and business owner * How to become a $100k/year coach with a 3-day workweek
LINKS MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:
- Episode 28: How We’ve Grown 400% in 4 Years
- Why You Need to Know Your Numbers with Stephanie Skryzowski
- Cailen’s 3-step method for attracting soulmate client
- 3-Day Workweek Guide Book
There are never any shortages of things that can be done to grow a business. We can build our audience through content marketing, refine our site SEO, create and implement an irresistible social media marketing strategy - the list goes on and on.
Want in on something top secret?
In my experience with building 100 Degrees Consulting up 400% within four years...
(nope, that is not a typo... we did grow by 400%!!)
No business strategy would have a substantial impact on your business without this fundamental aspect:
BEING IN IT FOR THE LONG HAUL. Your success does not rely on your $10,000 ad budget, not about working 80-hour work weeks… It’s not even about your burning desire to make a multi-million in the business!
After all, success happens when we take intentional and decisive action despite the obstacles - because we know that what lies beyond far outweighs the struggles and sacrifice.
It happens when we stay the course when the going gets tough (like, “I don’t want to do this anymore” tough).
It happens when we understand and accept that it does not happen overnight.
I mean, MY success most certainly did NOT happen overnight! And I can assure you that there are a lot of other entrepreneurs like me whose success also took time to unfold.
Oh my gosh! I still remember when 100 Degrees Consulting was in its early stages. I've tried creating courses, small information products, and other 'shiny' ideas you can think of.
But man, scaling my business has been such an exhilarating journey.
Honestly, I still can't believe how it has expanded far beyond what I thought possible!
Now, I can't speak for other businesses, but if you want to know how we channelled this "BEING IN IT FOR THE LONG HAUL" here at 100 Degrees Consulting (enough that it translated to 400% business growth), then you should tune in to today's episode. I'll share the 4 biggest reasons that made my business grow as much as it has in the last four years. And who knows? It just might be what your business needs to grow exponentially this 2021!!
“Any amount of growth is a result of hard work & effort that's put in over the long haul.”
In this episode, we explore: * Why there’s no such thing as an overnight success story * What I’ve learned over the last 4 years of running my business * The four biggest reasons that helped my business grow by 400% within 4 years
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
One common misconception people have about making income using Instagram is that it's brainless work.
You snap a pic of your gourmet avocado toast or your handcrafted unicorn-themed beverage, post on social media... Et voilà!
A flood of likes, subscribers, sponsorships, and brand collaborations.
Instant online superstardom... CHACHIIIIING~
Right?
Yeeaaa....NOOOPE!
That might be a possibility in an alternate universe, but not likely to happen in this one - not by a long shot.
Because here's the truth:
Building a business strategically using Instagram takes a LOT of hard work.
There's a lot of learning & research involved. It requires the ability to create consistent and relatable content. So, it's definitely not going to be everyone's cup of tea!
But on the off chance that YOU want to give your IG some strategic TLC, I've got just the person to walk us through the 3 things that it takes to grow on social media in 2021...
She's none other than my amazing client, Christina Galbato.
Christina is a phenomenal social media influencer, online educator, and digital marketing expert. After building a successful career as a travel influencer and working with brands like Ritz-Carlton, Mazda, and Lululemon, she pivoted into online education. Christina Galbato has helped thousands of women build careers as influencers & bloggers through her online programs. She has been featured in CNN and Forbes, and was a speaker at AdWorld 2020. She is also the host of the top-rated entrepreneurship podcast, Her Life By Design.
In this episode, we explore: * How Christina Galbato's travel blog & Instagram paved the road to her successful online business journey * Mindset struggles as an entrepreneur * Christina's three tips on what it takes to grow on social media in 2021 and how it's different from ever before * Why you need a team to scale your online course business
LINKS MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:
3 Secrets to Skyrocket Your IG Following & Land Your First Brand Deal
Christina Galbato on Instagram
WANT MORE OF THE 100 DEGREES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PODCAST?
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
What do you need to know when hiring a bookkeeper and how can we make this important process less daunting?
Hmmm... If only hiring a rockstar bookkeeper were as simple as jumping into Google and searching, "bookkeeper for (x) type of business" or "bookkeepers in my city."
(deep contemplative sigh)
Until Google figures out a way to pair us up with our bookkeeping soulmate, I think the best place to start when hiring anyone for your team or organization is to...
ASK THE RIGHT QUESTIONS.
In fact, in this episode, I'll share 8 important questions that you should ask a candidate, what to expect, and some must-have money tools to make accounting easier for everyone involved.
So, grab your favorite notebook & pen, we've got a lot of ground to cover!
A lot of people think that building a personal brand is easy. They are under the assumption that branding success lies in making the most noise, networking with the top industry experts, bearing your soul to the world, and getting the most number of likes... but this, at best, an incomplete concept.
You can be the loudest person in the room, but if there's no value to what you're preaching, it will not entice people to stay.
You can also be the smartest person in the room, but if your audience can't relate to your story, then it won't make them stay.
So, how do we stop all this tiptoeing around our audience and build a more sustainable relationship with them?
Joining us in this episode to dive deep into how we can build an authentic personal brand is my mentor, trailblazing brand strategist, renowned speaker, and author of the best selling book, 'You Are the Brand: The 8-Step Blueprint to Showcase Your Unique Expertise and Build a Highly Profitable, Personally Fulfilling Business' -- MIKE KIM.
There'll be a lot of AHA moments in this conversation that you do not want to miss!
In this episode, we explore: * How to make your brand stand out in a near endless sea of (marketing) noise * The 4 components of a personal brand * What being authentic online means (and why oversharing doesn't count as authenticity!) * The power of storytelling and what it can do for your business
LINKS MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE: * Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry and @100degreesconsulting * Check out The Profit Playbook * Mike Kim’s Book: You Are The Brand * Check out Mike’s website: https://mikekim.com/
In this episode, I share the parts of creating a podcast that I’ve fallen head over heels for, the areas where I know I need to grow, and the ways podcasting has reminded me to lean into the processes and approaches that work best for me.
I hope this gives you some clarity and insight into what podcasting is like, especially if you’ve been thinking about launching a podcast, or putting yourself (and your business) out there in a new way.
Today We’ll Explore: * What podcast processes and procedures my team and I have put in place to make this whole thing happen * Why I love the flexibility of podcasting and why it’s working so well with my life and business schedules * What kind of ROI I’m building as I continue to share podcast episodes with you all * How I’m reaching out to potential guests and why this approach means so much to me * Why imperfect, decisive action with a minimum viable product is the best way to get your podcast (and your business) out into the world
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry and @100degreesconsulting
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook to help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals. www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Want to know when the latest episodes go live?
Be sure to click here to subscribe to the show so you don’t miss a thing!
Today's conversation with Jessi Robinson will help you approach branding from a whole new perspective.
After spending more than a decade in a corporate communications role, Jessi founded PNP Creative, an award-winning full-service agency.
Today We’ll Explore: * Why you should double down on consistency when it comes to growing your business * The three intersecting areas that make up your brand and what happens if they’re not in alignment * Why giving yourself a runway before a pivot or transition is so valuable and what that looked like for Jessi as she struck out on her own * What it means to have all of your branding tied into your core values * How Jessi navigated the tougher things that come along with a big leap from solopreneur to agency owner
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Connect with Jessi
You can connect with Jessi by checking out her podcast Pursuing Fearless
Or visit her website at https://pandpbrands.com/
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Today I’m bringing you behind the scenes to show you what it’s like day-to-day in my life and business.
It’s so interesting to see how other people live and go about their days. These peeks behind the curtain can help us to get to know that person better, of course. (And you’ll certainly get to know a bit more about me today.)
In this episode, I explore the things I’m most grateful for, the things I’m working to change in my current routine, and what it’s really like for me to navigate work and motherhood.
Today We’ll Explore: * What a “dream day” exercise is and how it can help you find the aligned (and misaligned) parts of your day-to-day * How to align your dream day with your bigger vision and goals * What I love about my current routine and how I’ve taken steps to make those things happen * What I’m working to shift in my day-to-day and why I’ve decided to make those changes * How I experience the benefits of “work from home mom life” in my day * Why I don’t compromise when it comes to health and sleep
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Rohana Olson is a wedding photographer based in Minnesota and has been photographing weddings for just shy of five years. When she isn't photographing love stories, recording podcasts, or mentoring new business owners, you can find her whipping up a new recipe while dancing in the kitchen to Frank Sinatra with her husband or playing snuggle monster with her little girl.
In this conversation, we explore so much about building genuine relationships and creating space for the real deep work in our businesses. I’m excited to share it with you.
Today We’ll Explore: * How to create real connection opportunities for yourself and your business * Practical ways to foster genuine relationships as a business owner * The approach Rohana uses to get the most out of networking events * How certain key business and financial practices help Rohana grow her business * What piece of guidance Rohana gives each of her mentees when it comes to boundaries, planning, and navigating those inevitable business challenges
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Connect with Rohana
You can connect with Rohana on Instagram at @rohanaolson and on her website here: comfortandcashmere.com
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
I did my first solo business retreat in 2019 and it brought so much clarity to my business that I wanted to share exactly how I did it.
I'll give you practical tips for planning, executing, and returning from your retreat that will help you to get the greatest impact from the experience.
Today We’ll Explore: * Why you’ll want to plan your next business retreat ASAP if you want to make big moves in your business * What to do if you need to keep your retreat low key and local right now * How to make the most of your retreat time * Why taking a solo business retreat gives you a better chance of getting those big tasks done than just scheduling them during normal business hours * What to do before you leave for your retreat * How to ensure you return feeling refreshed and energized to keep moving forward with confidence
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Sophia Sunwoo is the founder of Ascent Strategy, where she helps female founders ranging from artisans to health coaches get their companies off the ground. Through her work, she accelerates the success timelines of womxn and POC entrepreneurs so that they can build sales engines for their businesses faster and catch up in a male-dominated startup scene.
I’m so excited to share our conversation with you today because we’re exploring how stepping out of your comfort zone to get creative, experimental, resourceful, and visible can help to transform your business and elevate the impact you have on the world.
Today We’ll Explore: * How experimentation in your business allows you to really step into your full potential * What it means to be resourceful in your business and how this can have a major impact on how you reach your goals * How to choose mentors and why those mentors that challenge us to grow our mindset will help us grow our bottom lines too * Why it’s important to challenge the status quo when it comes to being a woman business owner and why being visible is so vital to our work
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Connect with Sophia
You can find the challenge that Sophia mentioned in this episode on her website at https://www.ascent-strategy.com/makemoresales and check her out on Instagram @ascentwithsophia
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Today, I am talking with my friend Rachel Bearbower, a coffee lover, a fundraiser, a former nonprofit executive director, and founder of Small Shop Strategies.
Rachel has been in the very same situation many of us find ourselves in at some point: working diligently in an underfunded, systemless organization.
In our conversation, we explore how Rachel’s business journey led her all the way to creating her business after running a nonprofit.
We also explore how Rachel serves her clients, how she manages her numbers, and what guidance she’d offer any entrepreneur or leader who’s feeling overworked, underfunded, and overwhelmed.
So, if those feelings sound familiar to you, you won’t want to miss what Rachel shares with us today.
Today We’ll Explore: * How creating and working on her first nonprofit allowed Rachel to see an area of need that she addresses with her own business * The common challenges that people, especially executive directors who work in the nonprofit sector need to navigate and how Rachel helps change the game * How to navigate imposter syndrome and a scarcity mindset in your business * Why women entrepreneurs having money and numbers conversations is so vital and why making money is a form of self-care * What it means to start trusting your gut, shifting your mindset, taking risks, and getting a handle on your finances with confidence
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Connect with Rachel
You can find Rachel on her website at www.smallshopstrategies.com and check out her membership program at www.smallshopstrategies.com/beproductive
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
One of the most important lessons I’ve learned as an entrepreneur is what it takes to bounce back after a tough misstep or challenge.
Being burned can look like a client who doesn’t pay, a vendor who under delivers (or fails to deliver at all) or someone who’s just not meeting expectations. And whether you’ve been in business for a while or are just starting out, this episode is an excellent reminder that these “burns” happen no matter how amazingly we do our jobs or serve our clients.
When you’re making an impact and growing your business, it takes strength and resilience to overcome difficult times and to allow them to be happening “for us”, not simply “to us”.
If you’re wondering how to bounce back from being burned, you’ll find my practical, go-to strategies and helpful mindset practices in this episode and I know they’ll serve you as well as they’ve served me.
Today We’ll Explore: * What true entrepreneurs do when they take a hit in business * What mindset practices and key mantras can help you reframe and re-approach challenges in your work life * The one thing I would do differently if I could start my business over again and why it’s so vital when things don’t go according to plan * Why legal and financial foundations are the most important parts of your business, especially when you meet a challenge or need to recover after being burned
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Financial planner Amy Irvine is passionate about three things: family, finances, and wine. Amy holds a master's degree in financial planning and is a certified financial planner with over 26 years of financial planning experience. At the age of 44, she decided to not only start her own company but to act on what she defined as her perfect life. She now splits her time between western New York and Florida.
Today, Amy and I talk about pivoting your business with purpose and how she helps her clients make their dreams a reality, not just “someday” or “when they retire” but right now.
Today We’ll Explore: * How your mindset impacts the possible solutions you see when you’re faced with a decision * How pivoting with purpose can help you act now in ways that get you to the future you truly desire and how to handle the resistance that might come up when you do so * Why “Well, when I retire...” isn’t the way to grow or move forward and what Amy helps her clients do instead * Why pivoting your mindset around delegating is essential to preserving your business’ greatest resource: your time * The tough but necessary questions you can ask yourself when you feel a pivot in your life or business just might be the next right move
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Connect With Amy!
You can connect with Amy on her website at: Rootedpg.com
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Your team is one of your greatest assets.
I know for me, my team grew in big ways this year and I was excited for that expansion and that chance to grow my impact. But I also wanted to ensure that the people who were growing with me felt supported.
So, I planned a virtual team retreat.
And with many of our businesses operating online, these virtual team experiences are what a lot of CEOs and other leaders (myself included) consider the new reality for those of us with remote teams.
So on today’s episode, I’m giving you 8 impact-driven results-focused, and team-supporting tips for making your first (or next) team retreat a successful one.
Today We’ll Explore:
- How to plan ahead for your team retreat so you have the people and resources you need to make the most of your time together
- What role you can and should play in the experience and why
- What you can do to create opportunities for your team to engage, feel supported, and feel like an essential, special part of your organization during the retreat
- What makes a virtual team retreat powerful and actionable and how to make sure that impact continues beyond the day itself
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers.
Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Kari Roberts is a business coach and online business manager for creative, small business owners.
We covered a lot of ground during our time together, touching on how to make clients feel at ease working with you when you operate multiple businesses, understanding how to manage your time and where to invest when you have multiple passions, and of course, knowing your worth when you’re connecting with potential clients.
Today We’ll Explore:
- The strategy Kari uses to help clients feel more confident in working with a multi-passionate entrepreneur
- How Kari makes decisions about investing in her businesses
- What to consider if you feel the call to multi-passionate entrepreneurship
- What you should know as you navigate entrepreneurship if you identify as “Type A”
- How Kari moved past scarcity and got uncomfortable to help her business grow
- What it means to know your worth as an entrepreneur
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Connect With Kari Roberts
Connect with Kari on Instagram: @karirobertscoaching
Or visit her website: https://www.karirobertscoaching.com/
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers.
Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Today on the podcast I’m sharing how I spend money in my business.
Whether it’s building an amazing team, investing in professional education with trainings and courses, or investing in a consistent branding and marketing plan, we make value-based decisions with our money every time we spend.
And we also need to get to know our numbers so we can tell if an investment is giving us a return that’s worth it.
So today I’ll share some clarity and insights into how I make money-related decisions in my business so you can make better, more aligned spending decisions in yours.
Today We’ll Explore:
- How what we spend money on is connected to the values we hold within our business
- Where I spend money in my business and how I’ve made those decisions
- How I’ve made decisions about larger investment opportunities like masterminds, full-time employees
- How to dig into your profit and loss statement for insight on whether those investments are paying off
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers.
Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Are your branding efforts positioning you for greater impact and a bigger bottom line?
Whether you’ve dabbled with defining your brand in the past and need a refresh or you’re ready to grow your business and need a brand strategy to sustain that growth over time, today’s interview will give you expert, practical advice on how to make big things happen for your business and your clients through better branding.
Mallika Malhotra of MikiFoto and Co is an award-winning brand builder, professional photographer, business mentor, and author of The Brand Photography Playbook.
After years of working in corporate advertising, she now helps women entrepreneurs master their story, show up as the face of their business and create their brand empires. It's her mission to empower women to stop hiding and to start emerging as leaders.
Today We’ll Explore: * How what you stand for differentiates your brand from others in your industry and why that inspires people to work with you. * Why your unique customer experience, the process of delivering your services or products, is a can’t-miss hallmark of your brand that’s often just as powerful as any of your visual elements * How zeroing in on who you’re truly meant to serve positions you to have a clearer brand message that resonates with the right people * Why you’ll want to define and reinforce the transformation you deliver across your branded assets and how that can really have an impact on your potential client’s desire to work with you
We share all of our show notes and exclusive bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Connect With Malika!
You can get your copy of Malika’s Brand Visibility Booster here.
And follow her on Instagram at @mikifotoco
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast so I can share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Get your copy of The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a step-by-step roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: You can set it up in minutes! Pick up yours at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Having trouble getting to Inbox Zero? Feeling like you’re playing whack-a-mole with your emails all day every day? You’re not alone.
And in this episode of the podcast, I’m giving you 4 practical tips on how to reduce the stress, anxiety, and overwhelm of an overflowing email box.
To get there, we’re tackling everything from a super helpful tool to use, what types of processes or systems to put in place and even the importance of creating and maintaining boundaries.
Today We’ll Explore: * Why you should unsubscribe end the email inbox noise * How to time your inbox checks to reduce your overwhelm and why “I’ll just reply really quickly.” isn’t the answer * How to batch your inbox replies so you stay focused as your write * When to use folders and filters to delegate email to other team members * How to respond to emails on weekends or late nights without setting false expectations or breaking with your boundaries when you do
You’ll find all of our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And definitely tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Check out The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: It only takes a few minutes to set up and it’s free over at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Kari Elizabeth Enge is the founder and editor in chief of Rank & File Magazine, a publication that shares authentic, vulnerable advice on building a social impact business. She's also a coach for purpose-driven entrepreneurs.
We talk about the transformative power of investing in yourself, how to make an impact while building a life you love, stepping outside of your comfort zone, and what so often holds her coaching clients back before they begin working with her.
Today We’ll Explore: * What mindset shifts you can make right now to transform how you show up in your life and business * How the brain drama of thinking entrepreneurship has to be hard actually makes it even harder and what to do about it * Why “success” for your brain and success in your business are two different things and how stepping out of your comfort zone can help bridge that gap * Why there’s no “right way” to do social impact entrepreneurship and what that means for you if you’re ready to have a life you love and make a difference * How to understand and overcome analysis paralysis so you can truly make an impact
Want To Connect With Kari? Learn About Kari, her coaching, and her Mastermind “The Year of Uncomfortable” Here: https://www.rankandfile.com/
You can explore Rank & File Magazine Here: https://rankandfilemag.com/
You’ll find all of our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And definitely tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Check out The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: It only takes a few minutes to set up and it’s free over at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Today I'm sharing some of the things I’ve learned as I’ve scaled my business over the past five years.
And while this episode is straight from the heart, it’s also backed up by what I’ve heard from dozens of real-life entrepreneurs from a variety of industries.
From mindset shifts to practical, action-focused guidance, these four key strategies will help you grow your business and your bottom line.
Today We’ll Explore: * Why the “quick wins” or overnight successes you see on Instagram are probably not what they seem, and the mindset that’s really required for sustainable business growth * How to make pivots, shifts, and other changes in your business less scary * Why “one size fits all” business advice isn’t going to fit your business and how to use your financial numbers to know if something is really working in your business * Why committing to a niche and owning it is the best way to expand your impact and your bottom line
You’ll find all of our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (And definitely tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Check out The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: It only takes a few minutes to set up and it’s free over at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
This week on the podcast my guest, Jennifer Grayeb, and I are diving into data in a way that’s anything but boring.
Jennifer is the CEO of The Nimble Co., a consulting group focused on helping online business owners better understand their numbers so they can make data-driven and profit-generating marketing decisions. She recently left her senior strategy role at a Fortune 5 company where she had six roles in just seven years. In every role, she's had or every company she's owned, one thing has been consistent: she delivers results without working 80 hour weeks, and now she helps others do the same with one of her best-kept secrets, data.
Jennifer and I talk all about marketing data, how to use it to make decisions in your business, and how it can transform the way you spend your time and money.
Today We’ll Explore: * Why you’re probably wasting money if you’re doing any marketing right now (And how data can help you change that) * How your marketing data can help you spend your time and money more effectively as you work to reach your goals * Why the metrics you’re always hearing about (from follower counts to likes) aren’t always the right ones to look at as you make business decisions * What an “evidence bank” is and why you need one as an entrepreneur * How data can help you understand where your team’s time is best spent and why Jennifer swears by looking at your dashboard each day. * What a deep-dive into your website traffic data can do for your marketing strategy
To connect with Jennifer Grayeb, visit her website thenimbleco.com, or follow her on Instagram @jennifergrayeb.
You can find all of our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll share them!)
Let’s get to know your numbers. Check out The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: It’s free over at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
This week I’m diving in to give you 5 practical, purposeful ways to create discomfort in your life and business. But why would I spend a whole episode on something like that?
Well, because that’s where real growth, real transformation happens.
Today We’ll Explore: * How moving through discomfort can show you things about your own strength, your own resilience, that you wouldn’t have seen otherwise * Why leaving your everyday routine behind and traveling can help you see things from a new perspective * How taking on challenging projects or experiences before you feel 100% ready can transform the way both you and your business grow * Why you need to move past “what if” to make any real progress or impact * Why an uncomfortable “No” is better than a reluctant yes and how “no” can actually unlock opportunities in your business that you didn’t have before * What thinking bigger and setting bigger goals for yourself can do for the future of your life and business
You can find all of our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Let’s connect!
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll share them!)
Ready to get a little uncomfortable so you can grow your business? Let’s get to know your numbers. Check out The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: It’s free over at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Morgan Smith is a mother of three, entrepreneur, and founder of Minnow, a children’s swimwear company.
I spoke to Morgan about what it’s like balancing a burgeoning swimwear company with the demands of motherhood. And the conversation we had covered everything from how her journey began, to how she and her husband navigated the shifting roles they took on as the company grew, to what she’s learned about finding mentors, managing her time as she moved through the early stages of her business, and what she hopes to teach her children as she leads by example in her life and business.
Today We’ll Explore: * What it really looks like to scale a start-up as you continue to show up as a mom and partner
-
How your greatest ideas can come from your daily life challenges (And how a trip to London helped Morgan find her business idea)
-
How to navigate the evolving roles you take on when they’re building a business and raising a family
-
The power of amazing mentors, friends, and business networks as you fill in your entrepreneurial knowledge gaps
-
The importance of accepting help at home and in your startup
-
What your children can learn about work ethic and resilience as they watch you grow and scale your business
-
The life hack that Morgan uses to save her time and energy as she works and parents
If you loved Morgan as much as we do, you can connect with her on Instagram @MorganSmith and you can find Minnow Swim at www.MinnowSwim.Com
Want More of The 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship Podcast? You can find all of our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Be sure to tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll share them!)
And if you’re ready to get clear on the numbers in your business so you can grow and scale just like Morgan did, check out The Profit Playbook, a template that will help you create a roadmap to reach your business goals.
Best of all: It is for free over at www.100degreesconsulting.com/profit
Today I’m sharing a powerful finance routine you can use to grow your business and your bottom line in as little as one hour per month. We’ll explore the reasons you really need a finance routine and how it can be both a measure of progress and a crystal ball into your business’ financial future.
We’ll explore revenue, expenses, and forecasting and how comparing this month to others can help you plan for what’s next. Plus, you’ll learn what steps to take, reports to review, and things to consider as you make decisions about where to spend your time and money.
So grab your favorite notebook and cozy up with this episode. It’s full of action-inspiring and practical tips for getting a handle on your business’ finances now and as you grow.
Today We’ll Explore: * How to design a monthly finance routine that helps you grow your business and your bottom line by making strategic, numbers-backed decisions * The 3 key steps you need to take before you begin a monthly finance routine * How this routine can give you a crystal ball that shows you the future of your business (And how to use your monthly finance routine to change what you see when you need to adjust course…) * How to avoid that “Are we going to make payroll” feeling and plan for anything that’s thrown your way
Access our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
And if you’re ready to get started with your finance routine, check out The Profit Playbook. It’s an amazing template that you can set up in 15 minutes and use to see the future of your business from revenue to expenses to cash flow. The Profit Playbook will help you create a roadmap to reach your business goals and you can find it for free over at 100degreesconsulting.com/profit
I’m chatting with branding and lifestyle photographer, coach, editor, and educator Laura Foote about building your business on a foundation of generosity.
Laura has found her own unique way to bring her desire to serve others to her business in an authentic way that really maximizes her strengths as a creative person with a background in counseling and education. And her business is a direct reflection of that multi-passionate, multi-talented approach to entrepreneurship. While other entrepreneurs are urging everyone they meet to “niche down” and focus on one thing, Laura’s fiercely following her love of photography and her desire to help and create amazing connections with people.
Today We’ll Explore: * What generosity looks like as a business owner
-
What it means to forge your own path as a multi-passionate entrepreneur
-
How generosity impacts the numbers in your business
-
Some keys to creating amazing client experiences
-
How to create a business that you love based on your natural strengths, abilities, and the things that bring you joy
Access our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
And if you’re ready to gain clarity and confidence around your numbers be sure to sign up for our email list here.
What makes a bookkeeper different from your accountant? Do you need a financial advisor or a CFO? What does a CFO really do? Do you need all of these people at this stage of your business?
If these questions sound familiar, you’re not alone. I’ve found that entrepreneurs sometimes confuse the different roles that financial experts can play in their companies. So, today we’re going to go over the key financial players and bring some clarity to what each role means, what those professionals are best at, and how to know if they’re the people you need in your business right now.
From filing taxes to investing to planning your financial future we’ll explore how to find the best “numbers people” and how the right pro can help you grow your impact and your bottom line.
Plus, if you still aren’t sure who to hire right now, I’ll give you a sure-fire way to make that decision easier.
In This Episode We Explore: * The 4 financial professionals that you may need in your business right now * How to know if you’ve got the right person for the right role in your business * What makes a bookkeeper different from an accountant or a financial advisor * Which pros can help you plan for more than just your business’ financial future
Access our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
And if you’re ready to gain clarity and confidence around your numbers be sure to sign up for our email list here.
Jessica Rasdall is a Motivational Speaker, Best Selling Author, Public Speaking Strategist, and the host of The Speak to Scale Podcast. She partners with entrepreneurs to help them scale their business (and impact) from the stage.
If you’ve ever felt called to speak, wondered if your business could benefit from booking speaking engagements, or you’re just ready to get out of your own way and share your message with the world, this episode is going to get you inspired and give you concrete steps to go for it.
In This Episode We Explore: * What role speaking can play in your business no matter what industry you’re in * How to get out of your comfort zone and step into your role as a speaker (And how Jessica helped me make that happen) * How your talks create a pathway to the “next steps” your audience will need to take to solve their problems, tackle their challenges, or shift their mindsets * Why speaking is a service to your audience and how to make sure you leave them better than you found them when they hear your message * The best way to overcome the nervousness that often comes with speaking at events (Yes, even if you’re an introvert)
Access our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
And if you’re ready to gain clarity and confidence around your numbers be sure to sign up for our email list here.
Welcome to the first episode of the 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship Podcast. I’m Stephanie Skryzowski, a globetrotting CFO who empowers leaders like you to better understand your numbers, grow your impact, and your income. The 100 Degrees podcast is designed for purpose-driven entrepreneurs who want to get inspired to step outside of their comfort zones so they can grow their businesses and live their purpose.
In today’s episode, I’m sharing my story. From a field trip where I fell in love with the idea of being a lawyer, to that all-too-common feeling of, “Is this what I really want?”
This first episode is designed to give you a glimpse into why I started the podcast and how I can help you make a bigger impact as you reach your business goals.
In This Episode We Explore: * How the 100 Degrees of Entrepreneurship podcast got its name * What it’s like to feel like you’re failing right before you start to live your true purpose * How I went from sitting for the LSAT and working at law firms to traveling around the globe * Why I’m so passionate about helping you get outside of your comfort zone * Why money (and the numbers you sort through to make more of it) are so important as you work to make a difference in the world
Access our show notes and bonus content at 100degreesconsulting.com/podcast
Follow me on Instagram: @stephanie.skry (Tag me in your screenshots of the podcast and I’ll be sure to share!)
And if you’re ready to gain clarity and confidence around your numbers be sure to sign up for our email list here.